08_researchmethods

88
www.sagepub.com S pr i ng’0 8 2008 Books from SAGE Research Methods

Transcript of 08_researchmethods

Page 1: 08_researchmethods

www.sagepub.com

Sprin

g’0

82008Books from SAGE

ResearchMethods

Page 2: 08_researchmethods

Statistics Alive! Wendy Steinberg,

University at Albany, SUNY

PAGE 2

Presented in short, digestible modules and written in a conversational tone, Statistics Alive! is an enjoyable read. Author Wendy J. Steinberg shows students the underlying logic to what they are learning and includes well-crafted practice and self-check features to help ensure that new knowledge sticks.

Basics of Qualitative ResearchTechniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory, Third EditionJuliet Corbin, International

Institute for Qualitative

Methodology

Anselm StraussPAGE 12

The Third Edition of this bestselling text continues to offer immensely practical advice and technical expertise to aid researchers in making sense of their collected data. Authors Juliet Corbin and the late Anselm Strauss (co-creator of Grounded Theory) present methods that enable researchers to analyze and interpret their data, and ultimately build theory from it.

Utilization-Focused EvaluationFourth EditionMichael Quinn Patton,

Saint Paul, MN

PAGE 31

This entirely rewritten edition offers readers a full-fl edged evaluation text from identifying primary users of an evaluation to focusing the evaluation, making methods decisions, analyzing

data, and presenting fi ndings.

Completing Your Qualitative DissertationA Roadmap From Beginning to End Linda Dale Bloomberg

Marie VolpePAGE 54

Completing Your Qualitative Dissertation fi lls an important gap in qualitative research literature by specifi cally addressing the fast-growing practice of qualitative

master’s studies and doctoral dissertations in colleges and universities throughout the world.

Page 3: 08_researchmethods

Table of ContentsTEXTBOOKS

Quantitative Methods ............................. 2

Quantitative Applications in the Social Sciences Series ..................11

Qualitative Methods .............................12

Action Research ....................................24

Case Study Research ...........................27

Narrative Methods ................................27

Ethnography .............................................28

Focus Groups ...........................................29

Mixed Methods .......................................30

Evaluation ................................................31

Research Methods in Business and Marketing ................................................34

Research Methods in Communication .................................35

Research Methods in Criminology ........................................36

Research Methods in Counseling and Social Work ..............37

Research Methods in Education ............................................39

Research Methods in Health ..............41

Research Methods in Psychology ...........................................42

Research Methods in Sociology .............................................44

General Research Methods ................48

Study Aids & Student Resources .......54

RERERENCE TITLES FOR PURCHASE

Quantitative Methods ...........................59

Qualitative Methods .............................62

Mixed Methods Research ...................69

Research Methods in Business and Marketing ......................71

Research Methods in Communication .................................71

Research Methods in Psychology ......72

General Research Methods ................73

Study Aids and Student Resources ................................78

Author Index ...........................................80

Title Index ................................................82

Wholesaler Page .....................................84

www.sagepub.com

Letter from the Publisher

Spring 2008Dear Colleague,

Welcome to our Spring 2008 Research Methods catalog! To help you fi nd the best textbooks for your fall classes, or a cutting-edge reference work to purchase for your own bookshelf, we have changed the format of our catalogs this season, dividing them into two sections:

SECTION ONE: TEXTBOOKS Section one features new and best-selling textbooks, which we encourage you to request for adoption review.

SECTION TWO: TITLES FOR PURCHASE Section two includes the best Handbooks and reference works designed for individual purchase. Be sure to recommend any interesting titles to your library!

You asked for complimentary review copies, and we listened. Did you know that all our core textbooks, and the large majority of our supplementary texts are available on a complimentary review basis? Only a small percentage of higher-level supplementary titles or professional books remain in our 60-day exam program.

Textbooks by the World’s Leading Authors at Prices Students Can Afford!

We know that the cost of textbooks is a concern to both you and your students. In 2008, many of our textbooks cost up to 20% less than comparable titles from other publishers. When you adopt a SAGE textbook — your students save money.

We hope you’ll continue to look to SAGE for innovative and competitively-priced textbooks, with valuable ancillaries, in Research Methods. Enjoy the catalog! If you need help selecting a textbook for an upcoming course, please contact our sales department at [email protected] or call 1-866-434-2577.

Yours sincerely,

Vicki Knight Stephanie AdamsSenior Aquisitions Editor Marketing [email protected] [email protected]

P.S. Create or update your SAGE account at www.sagepub.com and stay in the know.

Update your details at www.sagepub.com/myaccount today! Once your account is set up, you’ll fi nd it quick and easy to order review copies online. You’ll also receive special offers, free trials of our journals, and complimentary review copies of new textbooks in your area of interest.

Page 4: 08_researchmethods

2

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Presented in short, digestible modules and written in a conversational tone, Statistics Alive! is an enjoyable read. Author Wendy J. Steinberg shows

students the underlying logic to what they are learning and includes well-crafted practice and self-check features to help ensure that new knowledge sticks.

Key Features

• Designed in a “lay-fl at” paperback format that makes doing assignments from the book easier for the student.

• Presents content in short modules, which allows students to digest the material easily and allows instructors more fl exibility in the assignment of material.

• Contains learning objectives and “Check Yourself!” questions that serve as guideposts that students can use to orient themselves and assess their readiness to move on and tackle new material.

• Offers practice exercises throughout the text, in the student study guide, and online that provide students with ample opportunity to master concepts and formulas.

• Produced in an attractive two-color format.

The Student Study Site www.sagepub.com/steinbergsastudy will offer• True/false questions

• Multiple-choice questions

• Sample midterm (covering half of the text)

• Sample fi nal (covering the entire text)

• Web links to additional resources

The Instructor’s Resources CD-ROM (ISBN: 978-1-4129-5962-9) includes • Teaching tips

• Test bank

• Suggested class activities

• Sample syllabi

• Answers to all textbook exercises

• PowerPoint presentations for each part of the text

Student Study Guide to Accompany Statistics Alive! by Wendy J. SteinbergWendy SteinbergUniversity at Albany, SUNYPaperback: $12.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5658-1January 2008, 200 pages

Statistics Alive!Wendy SteinbergUniversity at Albany, SUNY

Order Online forFastest Delivery!

Paperback: $74.95ISBN: 978-1-4129-5657-4

Paperback w/SPSS Student v. 16.0: $99.95

ISBN: 978-1-4129-5659-8

2007, 536 pages

CONTENTS

PART I. PRELIMINARY INFORMATION: “FIRST THINGS FIRST”

PART II. TABLES AND GRAPHS: “ON DISPLAY”

PART III. CENTRAL TENDENCY: “BULL’S-EYE”

PART IV. DISPERSION: “FROM HERE TO ETERNITY”

PART V. THE NORMAL CURVE AND STANDARD SCORES: “WHAT’S THE SCORE?”

PART VI. PROBABILITY: “ODDS ARE”

PART VII. INFERENTIAL THEORY: “OF TRUTH AND RELATIVITY”

PART VIII. THE ONE-SAMPLE TEST: “ARE THEY FROM OUR PART OF TOWN?”

PART IX. THE TWO-SAMPLE TEST: “OURS IS BETTER THAN YOURS”

PART X. THE MULTISAMPLE TEST: “OURS IS BETTER THAN YOURS OR THEIRS”

PART XI. POST HOC TESTS: “SO WHO’S RESPONSIBLE?”

PART XII. MORE THAN ONE INDEPENDENT VARIABLE: “DOUBLE DUTCH JUMP ROPE”

PART XIII. NONPARAMETRIC STATISTICS: “WITHOUT FORM OR VOID”

PART XIV. EFFECT SIZE AND POWER: “HOW MUCH IS ENOUGH?”

PART XV. CORRELATION: “WITHER THOU GOEST I WILT GO”

PART XVI. LINEAR PREDICTION: “YOU’RE SO PREDICTABLE”

PART XVII. REVIEW: “SAY IT AGAIN, SAM”

Quantitative Methods

Page 5: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

3Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Applied StatisticsFrom Bivariate Through Multivariate TechniquesRebecca M. WarnerUniversity of New Hampshire

Applied Statistics: From Bivariate Through Multivar-iate Techniques provides a clear introduction to widely used topics in bivariate and multivariate statistics, includ-ing multiple regression, discriminant analysis, MANOVA, factor analysis, and binary logistic regression. The ap-proach is applied and does not require formal math-

ematics; equations are accompanied by verbal explanations. Students are asked to think about the meaning of equations. Each chapter presents a complete empirical research example to illustrate the application of a specifi c method, such as multiple regression. Each chapter has a glossary and comprehension questions.

Key Features:

The text begins with a clear review and a fresh perspective on concepts including effect size, variance partitioning, and statistical control. Depending on student background and the level of the course, instructors can begin with chapters that review basic material, or they can begin with more advanced topics and use earlier chapters as supplemental review material.

CONTENTS:1. Review of Basic Concepts 2. Introduction to SPSS: Basic Statistics, Sampling Error, and Confi dence Intervals 3. Statistical Signifi cance Testing 4. Preliminary Data Screening 5. Comparing Group Means Using the Independent Samples t Test 6. One-Way Between-Subjects Analysis of Variance 7. Bivariate Pearson Correlation 8. Alternative Correlation Coeffi cients 9. Bivariate Regression 10. Adding a Third Variable: Preliminary Exploratory Analyses 11. Multiple Regression With Two Predictor Variables 12. Dummy Predictor Variables and Interaction Terms in Multiple Regression 13. Factorial Analysis of Variance 14. Multiple Regression With More Than Two Predictors 15. Analysis of Covariance 16. Discriminant Analysis 17. Multivariate Analysis of Variance 18. Principal Components and Factor Analysis 19. Reliability, Validity, and Multiple-Item Scales 20. Analysis of Repeated Measures 21. Binary Logistic Regression

Hardcover: $89.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2772-32007, 1128 pages

Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate StatisticsTHIRD EDITIONNeil J. SalkindUniversity of Kansas

The bestselling Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics is now in its Third Edition! This text teaches an often intimidating and diffi cult subject in a way that is informative, personable, and clear. Au-

thor Neil J. Salkind takes students through various statistical procedures, beginning with correlation and graphical representation of data and ending with inferential techniques and analysis of variance. In addition, the text covers SPSS, and includes reviews of more advanced techniques, such as reliability, validity, introductory non-parametric statistics, and more. Pedagogical features include sidebars offering ad-ditional technical information about the topics presented and points that reinforce major themes in the book. This new edition also includes more examples than ever before, an expanded set of exercises at the end of each chapter, and a more com-prehensive glossary.

CONTENTS: PART I YIPPEE! I’M IN STATISTICS 1. Statistics or Sadistics? It’s Up to You

PART II: SIGMA FREUD AND DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS 2. Means to an End: Computing and Understanding Averages 3. Vive la Différence: Understanding Variability4. A Picture Really Is Worth a Thousand Words 5. Ice Cream and Crime: Computing Correlation Coeffi cients 6. Just the Truth: An Introduction to Understanding Reliability and Validity

PART III: TAKING CHANCES FOR FUN AND PROFIT 7. Hypotheticals and You: Testing Your Questions 8. Are Your Curves Normal? Probability and Why It Counts

PART IV: SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENT: USING INFERENTIAL STATISTICS 9. Signifi cantly Signifi cant: What It Means for You and Me 10. t(ea) for Two: Tests Between the Means of Different Groups 11. t(ea) for Two (Again): Tests Between the Means of Related Groups 12. Two Groups Too Many? Try Analysis of Variance 13. Two Too Many Factors: Factorial Analysis of Variance 14. Cousins or Just Good Friends? Testing Relationships Using the Correlation Coeffi cient 15. Predicting Who’ll Win the Super Bowl: Using Linear Regression 16. What to Do When You’re Not Normal: Chi-Square and Some Other Nonparametric

Tests 17. Some Other (Important) Statistical Procedures You Should Know About 18. A Statistical Software Sampler

PART V: TEN THINGS YOU’LL WANT TO KNOW AND REMEMBER19. The Ten (or More) Best Internet Sites for Statistics Stuff 20. The Ten Commandments of Data Collection

Paperback: $48.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5150-0Paperback w/CD: $73.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5151-7Instructor’s Resource CD, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5152-42007, 432 pages

Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate StatisticsThe Excel EditionNeil J. SalkindUniversity of Kansas

Paperback: $48.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2482-52007, 424 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 6: 08_researchmethods

4

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Applied Regression Analysis and Generalized Linear ModelsSECOND EDITIONJohn FoxMcMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada

Linear models, their variants, and extensions are among the most useful and widely used statistical tools for social research. The Second Edition of Applied Regres-sion Analysis and Generalized Linear Models provides an accessible, in-depth, modern treatment of regression analysis, linear models, and closely related methods. Author John Fox makes the text as user-friendly as possible: With the exception of three chapters, several sections, and a few shorter passages, the prerequisite for reading the book is a course in basic applied statistics that covers the elements of statistical data analysis and inference. Even relatively advanced topics (such as methods for handling missing data and bootstrapping) are presented in a manner consistent with this prerequisite.

Key Features of the Second Edition

Covers regression models—such as generalized linear models, limited-dependent-variable-models, mixed models and Cox regression—and methods that are increasingly being used in social science research

Contains a more robust Web site with extensive appendices of background material (matrices, linear algebra, vector geometry; calculus; probability and estimation); data sets used in the book and for data analytic exercises; and the data-analytic exercises themselves.

Incorporates real data from the social sciences that is similar to data readers are likely to encounter.

CONTENTS: 1. Statistical Models and Social Science

PART I: DATA CRAFT 2. What is Regression Analysis? 3. Examing Data 4. Transforming Data

PART II: LINEAR MODELS AND LEAST SQUARES 5. Linear Least-Squares Regression 6. Statistical Inference for Regression 7. Dummy-Variable Regression 8. Analysis of Variance 9. Statistical Theory for Lienar Models 10. The Vector Geometry of Linear Models

PART III: LINEAR-MODEL DIAGNOSTICS 11. Unusual and Infl uential Data 12. Normaility, Constant Variance, Linearity 13. Collinearity and its Purported Remedies

PART IV: GENERALIZED LIENAR MODELS 14. Logic and Probit Models 15. Generalized Linear Models

PART V. EXTENDING LINEAR AND GENERALIZED LINEAR MODELS 16. Time-Series Regression 17. Nonlinear Regression 18. Nonparametric Regression 19. Robust Regression 20. Missing Data in Regression Models 21. Bootstrapping Regression Models 22. Model Selection, Averaging, and Validation

Hardcover: $89.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-3042-6March 2008, 600 pages

Regression BasicsSECOND EDITIONLeo H. KahaneCalifornia State University, East Bay

The Second Edition has been expanded to include re-cent developments in regression as well as coverage of estimation with multiple cross-sections of data across time (panel data). More end-of-chapter problems based on the examples that are woven through the book, along

with screenshots to further aid readers working with Microsoft® Excel® and SPSS have also been included.

CONTENTS: 1. An Introduction to the Linear Regression Model 2. The Least-Squares Estimation Method: Fitting Lines to Data 3. Model Performance And Evaluation 4. Multiple Regression Analysis 5. Non-Linear and Logarithmic Models, Dummy and Interaction 6. Time Variables and Panel Data: A Simple Introduction 7. Some Common Problems In Regression Analysis 8. Where To Go From Here

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5126-52007, 240 pages

Applied Statistics with SPSSEelko Huizingh

Accessibly written and easy to use, Applied Statistics Using SPSS is an all-in-one self-study guide to SPSS and do-it-yourself guide to statistics. This book is based around the needs of undergraduate students embark-ing on their own research project, and its self-help style is designed to boost the skills and confi dence of those that will need to use SPSS in the course of their research project. The book is pedagogically well developed and

contains many screen dumps and exercises, glossary terms, and worked examples.

CONTENTS: PART I: LEARNING TO WORK WITH SPSS 1. Background to SPSS for Windows 2. The Use of SPSS in Statistical Research 3. From Data Source to Data File 4. Session 1 5. Session 2 6. Session 3 7. Performing Statistical Analyses

PART II: WORKING WITH SPSS AND DATA ENTRY 8. Designing and Conducting Questionnaires with Data Entry 9. Creating a Data File 10. Computation and Classifi cation of Variables 11. Selecting, Sorting and Weighting Cases 12. Merging, Aggregating and Transposing Data Files 13. Describing Your Data 14. Charts 15. Crosstables 16. Analyzing Multiple Responses 17. Describing Groups and Testing the Differences 18. Analysis of Variance 19. Correlation and Regression 20. Non-parametric Tests 21. Customizing SPSS

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1931-92007, 368 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 7: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

5Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

100 Statistical TestsTHIRD EDITIONGopal K. KanjiSheffi eld Hallam University

This expanded and updated Third Edition of Gopal K. Kanji’s best-selling resource on statistical tests covers all the most commonly used tests with information on how to calculate and interpret results with simple data-sets. Each entry begins with a short summary statement

about the test’s purpose, and contains details of the test objective, the limitations (or assumptions) involved, a brief outline of the method, a worked example, and the numerical calculation. The Third Edition is the one indispensable guide for users of statistical materials and consumers of statistical information at all levels and across all disciplines.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Statistical Testing 2. Examples of Test Procedures 3. List of Tests 4. Classifi cation of Tests 5. The Tests6. List of Tables 7. Tables

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2376-72006, 256 pages

Statistical Analysis Quick Reference GuidebookWith SPSS ExamplesAlan C. ElliottUniversity of TexasWayne A. WoodwardSouthern Methodist University

Statistical Analysis Quick Reference Guidebook: With SPSS Examples is a practical “cut to the chase”

handbook that quickly explains the when, where, and how of statistical data analysis as it is used for real-world decision-making in a wide variety of disciplines. In this one-stop reference, authors Alan C. Elliott and Wayne A. Woodward provide suc-cinct guidelines for performing an analysis, avoiding pitfalls, interpreting results, and reporting outcomes. This guidebook helps researchers make sure they are using an appropriate application, design considerations, tips and caveats, and much more! It also covers useful analyses using SPSS that are not often included in other SPSS how-to books. From assumptions and design to computation, interpretation, and presentation of results, the information provided in this book saves the researcher time, money, and frustration!

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Describing and Examining Data 3. Comparing One or Two Means Using the t-Test 4. Correlation and Regression 5. Analysis of Categorical Data 6. Analysis of Variance and Covariance 7. Nonparametric Analysis Procedures 8. Logistic Regression

Paperback: $41.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2560-02007, 280 pages

Tests & Measurement for People Who (Think They) Hate Tests & MeasurementNeil J. SalkindUniversity of Kansas

This text guides readers through the fundamentals of tests and measurement, using the conversational writing style and straightforward presentation techniques that has made the book a bestseller.

CONTENTS: PART I: IN THE BEGINNING. . .1. Why Me-asurement? An Introduction

PART II: THE PSYCHOLOGY OF PSYCHOMETRICS 2. One Potato, Two Potatoes . . . Levels of Measurement and Their Importance 3. Getting It Right Every Time: Reliability and Its Importance 4. The Truth, the Whole Truth, and Nothing But the Truth

PART III: THE TAO AND HOW OF TESTING 6. Short Answer and Completion Items: Baskin Robbins® Has __ Flavors 7. Essay Items: Hope You Can Write 8. Multiple-Choice Items9. Matchmaker, Matchmaker, Make Me a Match: Matching Items 10. True-False Tests: T or F? I Passed My First Measurement Test 11. Portfolios: Seeing the Big Picture 12. So, Tell Me About Your Childhood: Interesting Interviews

PART IV: WHAT TO TEST AND HOW TO TEST IT 13. Achievement Tests: Who Really Discovered America? 14. Personality Tests: Type A, Type B, or Type C? 15. Aptitude Tests: What’s in Store for Me? 16. Intelligence Tests: That Rubik’s Cube Is Driving Me Nuts 17. Career Choices: So You Want to Be a What?

PART V: IT’S NOT ALWAYS AS YOU THINK: ISSUES IN TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS 18. Test Bias: Fair for Everyone? 19. The Law, Testing, and Ethics: No Child (Should Be) Left Behind and Other Concerns

Paperback: $59.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1364-52006, 400 pages

Statistical Methods for Practice and ResearchA Guide to Data Analysis Using SPSSAjai S. GaurNational University of SingaporeSanjay S. GaurIndian Institute of Technology, Mumbai

This book is designed to help managers and research-ers in solving statistical problems using SPSS and to help

them understand how they can use various statistical tools for their own research problems.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to SPSS 2. Basic Statistical Concepts 3. Summarizing Data 4. Comparing Means 5. Comparing Means 6. Chi-Square Test of Independence for Discrete Data 7. Correlation Analysis 8. Multiple Regression 9. Logistic Regression 10. Data Reduction and Scale Reliability 11. Advanced Data Handling in SPSS

Paperback: $30.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-3502-52006, 208 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 8: 08_researchmethods

6

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

StatisticsA Gentle Introduction

SECOND EDITIONFrederick L. CoolidgeUniversity of Colorado, Colorado Springs

Statistics: A Gentle Introduction, Second Edition is an ideal text for students who are taking their fi rst course in statistics. This introductory statistics book has been specifi cally designed to curtail students’ anxieties and

minimize unnecessary formulas, while providing a comprehensive review of basic statistical designs and analyses. A wealth of additional real-world examples have been included in this edition to give students a sense of how the science of statistics works, solves problems, and helps us make informed choices about the world we live in.

CONTENTS: 1. A Gentle Introduction 2. Descriptive Statistics: Understanding Distributions of Numbers 3. Statistical Parameters: Measures of Central Tendency and Variation 4. Standard Scores, the z Distribution, and Hypothesis Testing 5. Inferential Statistics: The Controlled Experiment, Hypothesis Testing, and the z

Distribution 6. An Introduction to Correlation and Regression 7. The t Test for Independent Groups 8. The t Test for Dependent Groups 9. Analysis of Variance: One-Factor Completely Randomized Design 10. After a Signifi cant Analysis of Variance: Multiple Comparison Tests 11. Analysis of Variance: One-Factor Repeated-Measures Design 12. Analysis of Variance: Two-Factor Completely Randomized Design 13. Post Hoc Analysis of Factorial ANOVA 14. Factorial Analysis of Variance: Additional Designs 15. Nonparametric Statistics: The Chi-Square Test 16. Other Statistical Parameters and Tests

Paperback: $48.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2494-82006, 416 pages

Applied Multivariate ResearchDesign and InterpretationLawrence S. MeyersSacramento State UniversityGlenn GamstUniversity of La VerneA.J. GuarinoAuburn University

This book provides full coverage of the wide range of multivariate topics in a concep-tual rather than mathematical approach. The authors gear the text toward the needs, level of sophistication, and interest in multivariate methodology of students in these applied programs who need to focus on design and interpretation rather than the intricacies of specifi c computations.

CONTENTS: PART I : FOUNDATIONS

PART II: THE INDEPENDENT VARIABLE VARIATE

PART III: THE DEPENDENT VARIABLE VARIATE

PART IV: THE EMERGENT VARIATE

PART V: MODEL FITTING

Hardcover: $97.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0412-42006, 760 pages

Statistics for the Social SciencesTHIRD EDITIONR . Mark SirkinWright State University

The Third Edition continues to help build students’ con-fi dence and ability in doing statistical analysis by slowly moving from concepts that require little computational work to those that require more. Author R. Mark Sirkin

demonstrates how statistics can be used so that students come to appreciate their usefulness rather than fear them. Statistics for the Social Sciences emphasizes the analysis and interpretation of data to give students a feel for how data interpre-tation is related to the methods by which the information was obtained. The book includes lists of key concepts, chapter exercises, topic boxes, and more! An Instruc-tor’s CD-ROM containing data sets, Powerpoint slides, exercises, and answers will be available free-of-charge to professors adopting this text.

CONTENTS: 1. How We Reason 2. Levels of Measurement and Forms of Data3. Defi ning Variables 4. Measuring Central Tendency 5. Measuring Dispersion 6. Constructing and Interpreting Contingency Tables 7. Statistical Inference and Tests of Signifi cance 8. Probability Distributions and One-Sample z and t Tests 9. Two-Sample t Tests 10. One-Way Analysis of Variance 11. Measuring Association in Contingency Tables 12. The Chi-Square Test 13. Correlation and Regression Analysis 14. Additional Aspects of Correlation and Regression Analysis

Paperback: $80.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0546-62006, 632 pages

The Tao of StatisticsA Path to Understanding (With No Math)Dana K. Keller

The Tao of Statistics: A Path to Understanding (With No Math) provides a new approach to statistics in plain English. Unlike other introductions to statistics, this text explains what statistics mean and how they are used, rather than how to calculate them. The book walks read-ers through basic concepts, as well as some of the most

complex statistical models in use.

Key Features:

Covers basic statistics in an accessible fashion without emphasizing computation

Covers the fi eld more broadly than any other text like it

Is ideal for readers who do not consider themselves good at math, have little interest in computing statistics, or just want to understand them

Each concept is presented via impressions from a verse, an illustration, and 300 to 900 words of text.

Paperback: $33.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1314-02006, 168 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 9: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

7Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Discovering Statistics Using SPSSSECOND EDITIONAndy FieldUniversity of Sussex, U.K.

This edition of Field’s bestselling textbook provides stu-dents of statistical methods with everything they need to understand, use and report statistics - at every level. Written in Andy Field’s vivid and entertaining style, and

furnished with playful examples from everyday student life (among other places), the book forms an accessible gateway into the often intimidating world of statistics and a unique opportunity for students to ground their knowledge of statistics through the use of SPSS. The text is fully compliant with the latest release of SPSS (version 13).

CONTENTS: 1. Everything You Wanted to Know About Statistics (Well, Sort Of) 2. The Spss Environment 3. Correlation 4. Regression 5. Logistic Regression 6. Comparing Two Means 7. Comparing Several Means: Anova (Glm 1) 8. Analysis of Covariance, Ancova (Glm 2) 9. Factorial Anova (Glm 3) 10. Repeated-Measures Designs (Glm 4) 11. Mixed Design Anova (Glm 5) 12. Non-parametric Tests 13. Multivariate Analysis of Variance (Manova)14. Exploratory Factor Analysis 15. Categorical Data

Paperback: $68.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4452-22005, 816 pages

Dictionary of Statistics & MethodologyA Nontechnical Guide for the Social Sciences

THIRD EDITIONW . Paul VogtIllinois State University, Norman, Illinois

The Third Edition of the Dictionary of Statistics & Methodology: A Nontechnical Guide for the Social Sciences is the sourcebook of simple defi nitions and

explanations of statistical and statistics-related concepts. Since the publication of the bestselling Second Edition, author W. Paul Vogt has examined relevant literature in the social sciences to keep readers alert to the appearance of new methods, new language, and newly popular terms. The Third Edition has been thoroughly revised and expanded, with 400 additional defi nitions and illustrations compiled from read-ers’ requests and suggestions. Written in a clear, readable style with ample explana-tions and examples, this Dictionary is a must-have reference guide for every social scientist’s bookshelf.

Paperback: $47.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-8855-72005, 376 pages

Methods of Meta-AnalysisCorrecting Error and Bias in Research Findings

SECOND EDITIONJohn E. HunterMichigan State UniversityFrank L. SchmidtUniversity of Iowa , Iowa City

This book will enable the reader to apply, as well as un-derstand, meta-analytic methods. Rather than taking

an encyclopedic approach, the authors have focused on carefully developing those techniques that are most applicable to social science research, and have given a general conceptual description of more complex and rarely-used techniques.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Meta-Analysis 2. Integration Research Findings Across Studies 3. Study Artifacts and Their Impact on Study Outcomes 4. Meta-Analysis of Correlations 5. Meta-Analysis of Correlations Corrected Individually for Artifacts 6. Meta-Analysis of Correlations Using Artifact Distributions 7. Technical Questions in Meta-Analysis of Correlations 8. Meta-Analysis of Experimental Effects and Other Dichotomous Comparisons 9. Treatment Effects: Experimental Artifacts and Their Impact 10. Meta-Analysis Methods for d Values 11. Technical Questions in Meta-Analysis of d Values 12. General Issues in Meta-Analysis 13. General Technical Issues in Meta-analysis 14. Cumulation of Findings Within Studies 15. Methods of Integrating Findings Across Studies and Related Software 16. Locating, Evaluating, and Coding Studies 17. Availability and Source Bias in Meta-Analysis 18. Summary of Psychometric Meta-Analysis

Paperback: $68.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0479-72004, 616 pages

An R and S-Plus Companion to Applied RegressionJohn FoxMcMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada

“The book provides a valuable supplement to texts on regression analysis and linear models by showing readers how to put into practice the strategies and techniques involved in modern statistical methodology. It explains

clearly the use of a very sophisticated and powerful statistical software system.”—William Jacoby, University of South Carolina

CONTENTS: 1. Introducing R and S-PLUS 2. Reading and Manipulating Data 3. Exploring and Transforming Data 4. Fitting Linear Models 5. Fitting Generalized Linear Models 6. Diagnosing Problems 7. Drawing Graphs 8. Writing Programs

Paperback: $57.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2280-32002, 312 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 10: 08_researchmethods

8

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Hierarchical Linear ModelsApplications and Data Analysis Methods

SECOND EDITIONStephen W. RaudenbushUniversity of Michigan, Emeritus

Anthony S. BrykUniversity of Chicago

Popular in the First Edition for its rich, illustrative ex-amples and lucid explanations of the theory and use of

hierarchical linear models (HLM), the book has been reorganized into four parts with four completely new chapters.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE LOGIC OF HIERARCHICAL LINEAR MODELING 1. Introduction 2. The Logic of Hierarchical Linear Models 3. Principles of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing for Hierarchical Linear Models 4. An Illustration

PART II: BASIC APPLICATIONS 5. Applications in Organizational Research 6. Applications in the Study of Individual Change 7. Applications in Meta-Analysis and Other Cases where Level-1 Variances are Known 8. Three-Level Models 9. Assessing the Adequacy of Hierarchical Models

PART III: ADVANCED APPLICATIONS 10. Hierarchical Generalized Linear Models 11. Hierarchical Models for Latent Variables 12. Models for Cross-Classifi ed Random Effects 13. Bayesian Inference for Hierarchical Models

PART IV: ESTIMATION THEORY AND COMPUTATIONS 14. Estimation

Hardcover: $114.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-1904-92002, 504 pages

Multilevel AnalysisAn Introduction to Basic and Advanced Multilevel ModelingTom A. B. SnijdersUniversity of Groningen, NetherlandsRoel J. BoskerUniversity of Twente, Netherlands

The book is an applied introduction to the topic, provid-ing a clear conceptual understanding of the issues in-

volved in multilevel analysis and will be a useful reference tool.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Multilevel Theories, Multi-Stage Sampling and Multilevel Models 3. Statistical Treatment of Clustered Data 4. The Random Intercept Model 5. The Hierarchical Linear Model 6. Testing and Model Specifi cation 7. How Much Does the Model Explain? 8. Heteroscedasticity 9. Assumptions of the Hierarchical Linear Model 10. Designing Multilevel Studies 11. Crossed Random Coeffi cients 12. Longitudinal Data 13. Multivariate Multilevel Models 14. Discrete Dependent Variables 15. Software

Paperback: $52.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-5890-11999, 272 pages

Your Statistical ConsultantAnswers to Your Data Analysis QuestionsRae R. NewtonCalifornia State University, Fullerton

Kjell Erik RudestamThe Fielding Institute

Your Statistical Consultant is an authentic alterna-tive resource for introducing, describing, and making recommendations regarding thorny or confusing statisti-cal issues. Written to be responsive to a wide range of

inquiries and levels of expertise, this book is fl exibly organized so readers can either read it sequentially or turn directly to the sections that correspond to their concerns and questions.

CONTENTS: PART I: GETTING STARTED WITH STATISTICAL ANALYSIS How Do I Prepare Data for Statistical Analysis? How Do I Examine Data Prior to Analysis?

PART II: THE LOGIC OF STATISTICAL ANALYSIS: ISSUES REGARDING THE NATURE OF STATISTICS AND STATISTICAL TESTS 1. Traditional Approaches to Statistical Analysis and the Logic of Statistical Inference

Rethinking Traditional Paradigms 2. What Are the Assumptions of Statistical Testing? 3. How Do I Select the Appropriate Statistical Test?

PART III: ISSUES RELATED TO VARIABLES AND THEIR DISTRIBUTIONS 4. How Do I Deal with Non-Normality, Missing Values and Outliers? 5. Types of Variables and Their Treatment in Statistical Analysis

PART IV: UNDERSTANDING THE BIG TWO: MAJOR QUESTIONS ABOUT ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE AND REGRESSION ANALYSIS 6. Questions about Analysis of Variance 7. Questions about Multiple Regression Analysis 8. The Bigger Picture

Paperback: $57.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-5823-41999, 344 pages

Multiple RegressionA PrimerPaul D. AllisonUniversity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia

This extremely well-written, straightforward book gives you the fl exibility to cover regression more thoroughly than do most statistics texts, without fi nancially taxing your students. It is written at a level that undergraduate students can easily comprehend.

CONTENTS: 1. What Is Multiple Regression? 2. How Do I Interpret Multiple Regression Results? 3. What Can Go Wrong with Multiple Regression? 4. How Do I Run a Multiple Regression? 5. How Does Bivariate Regression Work? 6. What Are the Assumptions of Multiple Regression? 7. What Can Be Done about Multicollinearity? 8. How Can Multiple Regression Handle Nonlinear Relationships? 9. How Is Multiple Regression Related to Other Statistical Techniques?

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-8533-41998, 224 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 11: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

9Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Regression Models for Categorical and Limited Dependent VariablesJ. Scott LongBloomington, Indiana

Throughout the book, the links among models are made explicit, and common methods of derivation, interpreta-tion, and testing are applied. In addition, Long explains how models relate to linear regression models whenever

possible. In order for the reader to see how these models can be applied, Long il-lustrates each model with data from a variety of applications, ranging from attitudes toward working mothers to scientifi c productivity.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Continuous Outcomes 3. Binary Outcomes 4. Testing and Fit 5. Ordinal Outcomes 6. Nominal Outcomes 7. Limited Outcomes 8. Count Outcomes 9. Conclusions

Hardcover: $93.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-7374-91997, 328 pages

Multiple RegressionTesting and Interpreting InteractionsLeona S. AikenArizona State University, WestStephen G. WestArizona State University, West

In this comprehensive volume, Leona S. Aiken and Ste-phen G. West provide academicians and researchers with a clear set of prescriptions for estimating, testing, and probing interactions in regression models. Including the

latest research in the area, such as Fuller’s work on the corrected/constrained esti-mator, the book is appropriate for anyone who uses multiple regression to estimate models or for those enrolled in courses on multivariate statistics.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Interactions between Continuous Predictors in Multiple Regression 3. The Effects of Predictor Scaling on Coeffi cients of Regression Equations 4. Testing and Probing Three-Way Interactions 5. Structuring Regression Equations to Refl ect Higher Order Relationships 6. Model and Effect Testing with Higher Order Terms 7. Interactions between Categorical and Continuous Variables 8. Reliability and Statistical Power 9. Conclusion

Paperback: $62.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-0712-11991, 224 pages

StatisticsA Spectator Sport

SECOND EDITIONRichard M. JaegerUniversity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Popular in its fi rst edition with researchers and practitioners and widely adopted for undergraduate and graduate courses, the new Second Edition continues to give readers a conceptual understanding of statistics without becoming mired down in statistical computations. Presuming no statistical background and beginning with the most fundamental methods for drawing statistical inferences to a variety of real-world applications, Richard M. Jaeger clearly describes and illustrates statistical procedures.

CONTENTS: 1. Preface to the First Edition 2. Making Numbers Make Sense 3. Concepts of Central Tendency 4. Measures of Variability 5. Correlation 6. Some Fundamentals of Measurement 7. Can You Trust the Conclusions? (A Brief Digression on the Design of Research Studies)

Elements of Statistical Inference 8. Nuts and Bolts of Estimation 9. The Logic of Hypothesis Testing 10. Inferences Involving Averages 11. Inferences Involving Correlation Coeffi cients 12. Inferences Involving Statistical Independence 13. One-Way Analysis of Variance 14. Two-Way Analysis of Variance 15. Some Advanced Topics

Paperback: $67.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-3421-41990, 416 pages

Quantitative Social Research MethodsKultar SinghDirector, Sambodhi Research and Communications, New Delhi

This book presents an in-depth look at social research - its fundamental postulates, tools and techniques of analysis - and assesses its relevance for the development and social sectors in India. The author explores how de-

velopment changes take place and their impact on rural life, especially on the under-privileged and marginalised sections of society.

CONTENTS: 1. Development Research Techniques 2. Social Research 3. Research Process 4. Sampling and Sample Size Estimation 5. Data Analysis 6. Multivariate Analysis 7. Data Analysis Using Quantitative Software 8. Population, Health and Nutrition 9. Education 10. Water and Sanitation 11. Poverty, Inequality and Rural Development 12. Environment and Natural Resource Management

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-3383-02007, 432 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 12: 08_researchmethods

10

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Introduction to Structural Equation Modeling Using SPSS and AMOSNiels Blunch

As an alternative to existing books on the subject Niels Blunch’s introduction has been designed for advanced undergraduates and graduate students who are new to SEM and still relatively new to statistics. Illustrated with screenshots, cases, and exercises and accompanied by a companion website containing datasets that can be easily uploaded onto SPSS and AMOS, this handy introduction keeps maths to a minimum and contains an appendix covering basic forms of statistical analysis.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Classical Test Theory 3. Exploratory Factor Analysis 4. SEM-Analysis and AMOS 5. Models with Only Manifest Variables 6. The Measurement Model in SEM 7. The General Causal Model 8. Multi-group Analysis and Mean Structures 9. Incomplete and Non-Normal Data

Paperback: $41.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4557-8April 2008, 200 pages

Key Concepts and Techniques in GISJochen AlbrechtUniversity of Maryland

Key Concepts and Techniques in GIS is a concise overview of the fundamental ideas that inform Geograph-ic Information Science. It provides detailed descriptions of the concepts and techniques that anyone using GIS software must fully understand to analyze spatial data.

Written very much from a user’s perspective, Key Concepts and Techniques in GIS is highly readable “refresher course” for intermediate level students and practi-tioners of GIS in the social and the natural sciences.

CONTENTS: 1. Creating Digital Data 2. Accessing Existing Data 3. Handling Uncertainty 4. Spatial Search 5. Spatial Relationships 6. Combining Spatial Data 7. Location-Allocation 8. Map Algebra 9. Terrain Modeling 10. Spatial Statistics 11. Geocomputation 12. Epilogue

Paperback: $34.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1016-32007, 120 pages

Statistical Methods for GeographyA Student’s Guide

SECOND EDITIONPeter A. RogersonState University of New York, Buffalo

The Second Edition of this bestselling text has been completely revised and updated. It provides a systematic introduction to the principal methods and techniques

that students must understand to complete a statistics course. There are also down-loadable-datasets and study skills for students.

Features new to this edition include:

More introductory material especially in a new chapter on descriptive statistics, and much-expanded introductory chapters

More exercises and illustrative examples within the chapters

SPSS for Windows and EXCEL used to illustrate the applied use of the methods

A companion Web site for lecturers and students is available at www.sagepub.co.uk/rogerson. The password-protected lecturer section contains answers to questions from the book. There are also downloadable-datasets and study skills for students.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Statistical Methods for Geography 2. Descriptive Statistics 3. Probability and Discrete Probability Distributions 4. Continuous Probability Distributions and Probability Models 5. Inferential Statistics 6. Analysis of Variance 7. Correlation 8. Introduction to Regression Analysis 9. More on Regression 10. Spatial Patterns 11. Some Spatial Aspects of Regression Analysis 12. Data Reduction

Paperback: $50.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0796-52006, 320 pages

For FASTEST delivery, order online! www.sagepub.com

Quantitative Methods

Page 13: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

11Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Quantitative Applications in the Social Sciences Series

Spatial Regression ModelsMichael D. WardUniversity of WashingtonKristian Skrede GleditschUniversity of Essex

This book assumes no prior knowledge and is geared toward social science readers, unlike other volumes on this topic. The text illustrates concepts using well known in-ternational, comparative, and national examples of spatial regression analysis.

Paperback: $16.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5415-0February 2008, 144 pages

Mediation AnalysisDawn IacobucciWharton School, University of Pennsylvania

This book covers mediation analysis—the examination of whether an effect of one variable on another is direct or indirect or both.

Paperback: $16.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2569-3April 2008, 88 pages

Social Network AnalysisSECOND EDITIONDavid KnokeUniversity of Minnesota, Twin CitiesSong YangUniversity of Arkansas

This book provides a general overview of fundamental theoretical and methodological topics clear presentation of concepts that utilizes concise language and avoids

technical complexities more in-depth coverage of advanced topics.

Paperback: $16.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2749-92007, 144 pages

Agent-Based ModelsNigel GilbertUniversity of Surrey, Guildford, U.K.

Author Nigel Gilbert reviews a range of examples of agent-based modeling, describes how to design and build your own models, and considers practical issues.

Paperback: $16.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4964-42007, 112 pages

Modern Methods for Robust RegressionRobert AndersenUniversity of Toronto

This volume offers a brief, but in-depth, treatment of ro-bust and resistant regression. It is ideal for readers who are interested in the issues related to outliers and infl u-ential cases

Paperback: $16.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4072-62007, 128 pages

Graph AlgebraMathematical Modeling With a Systems ApproachCourtney BrownEmory University

Graph Algebra introduces a new modeling tool to stu-dents and researchers in the social sciences.

Paperback: $16.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4109-92007, 104 pages

Differential EquationsA Modeling ApproachCourtney BrownEmory University

Differential Equations introduces differential equations and differential equation modeling to students and re-searchers in the social sciences.

Paperback: $16.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4108-22007, 120 pages

Quantile RegressionLingxin HaoThe Johns Hopkins UniversityDaniel Q. NaimanThe Johns Hopkins University

Quantile Regression establishes the seldom recognized link between inequality studies and quantile regression models. Though separate methodological literature exists for each subject, the authors seek to explore the natural connections between this increasingly sought-after tool

and research topics in the social sciences.

Paperback: $16.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2628-72007, 136 pages

Quantitative Applications in the Social Sciences Series

QASS Series Complete SetOrder the Complete QASS titles consisting of all 159 titles) Today! Get 20% off plus get free shipping when you order online at www.sagepub.com. Kit Print: $2,156.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2636-2

Page 14: 08_researchmethods

12

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Order Online forFastest Delivery!

Paperback: $49.95ISBN: 978-1-4129-0644-9

2007, 400 pages

CONTENTS

1. Introduction 2. Practical Considerations 3. Prelude to Analysis 4. Strategies for Qualitative Data Analysis 5. Introduction to Context, Process and

Theoretical Integration 6. Memos and Diagrams 7. Theoretical Sampling 8. Analyzing Data for Concepts 9. Elaborating the Analysis 10. Analyzing Data for Context 11. Bringing Process into the Analysis 12. Integrating Around a Concept 13. Writing Theses, Monographs, and

Giving Talks 14. Criterion for Evaluation 15. Student Questions and Answers

The Third Edition of the bestselling Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory continues to offer immensely practical advice and technical expertise to aid researchers in making sense of their collected

data. Authors Juliet Corbin and the late Anselm Strauss (co-creator of Grounded Theory) present methods that enable researchers to analyze and interpret their data, and ultimately build theory from it. Highly accessible in their approach, Corbin and Strauss provide a step-by-step guide to the research act—from the formation of the research question through several approaches to coding and analysis, to reporting on the research. Full of defi nitions and illustrative examples, this book concludes with chapters that present criteria for evaluating a study, as well as responses to common questions posed by students of qualitative research. Signifi cantly revised, Basics of Qualitative Research remains a landmark volume in the study of qualitative methods.

Key Features of the Third Edition:

• Allows for students to develop their critical thinking skills in the “Critical Issues” section at the end of each chapter.

• Shows the actual steps involved in data analysis (from description to grounded theory) and data gathering by means of theoretical sampling.

• Provides exercises for thinking, writing and group discussion that reinforces material presented in the text.

• Consists of a student companion Web site at http://www.sagepub.com/corbinstudysite that includes real data and practice with qualitative software such as MAXQDA, as well as student practice exercises.

Basics of Qualitative ResearchTechniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded TheoryTHIRD EDITION

Juliet CorbinInternational Institute for Qualitative Methodology

Anselm Strauss

Qualitative Methods

Page 15: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

13Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

The Paperback Editions of the Bestselling Denzin/Lincoln SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research, Third Edition are Now Available as Texts for Classroom Use! New to the Third Edition of Each Book

Contains a new Reader’s Guide prepared by the editors that helps students and researchers navigate through the chapters, locating the different methodologies, methods, techniques, issues, and theories relevant to their work.

Presents an abbreviated Glossary of Terms that offer students and researchers a ready resource to help decode the language of qualitative research.

Offers Recommended Readings that provide readers with additional sources on specifi c topic areas linked to their research.

The Landscape of Qualitative ResearchTHIRD EDITIONEdited by

Norman K. DenzinUniversity of Illinois at Urbana-ChampaignYvonna S. LincolnTexas A&M University

The Landscape of Qualitative Research, Third Edi-tion attempts to put the fi eld of qualitative research in context. Part I provides back-ground on the fi eld, starting with history, then action research and the academy, and the politics and ethics of qualitative research. Part II isolates what we regard as the major historical and contemporary paradigms now structuring and infl uencing quali-tative research in the human disciplines. Part III considers the future of qualitative research.

Contributors Include: Norman K. Denzin, Yvonna S. Lincoln, Davydd J. Greenwood, Morten Levin, Michelle Fine, Lois Weis, Linda Tuhiwai Smith, Russell Bishop, Clifford G. Christians, Egon G. Guba, Douglas Foley, Angela Valenzuela, Virginia Olesen, Gloria Ladson-Billings, and Jamel Donnor, Joe Kincheloe, Peter McLaren, Paula Saukko, Ken Plummer, Zygmunt Bauman, Douglas R. Holmes, and George E. Marcus

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5758-82007, 632 pages

Strategies of Qualitative InquiryTHIRD EDITIONEdited by

Norman K. DenzinUniversity of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

Yvonna S. LincolnTexas A&M University

Strategies of Qualitative Inquiry, Third Edition pres-ents the major tactics—historically, the research methods—that researchers can utilize in conducting concrete qualitative studies. The chapter topics range from performance ethnography to case studies, issues of ethnographic representation, grounded theory strategies, testimonies, participatory action research, and clinical research.

Contributors Include: Norman K. Denzin, Yvonna S. Lincoln, Julianne Check, Bryant Keith Alexander, Robert E. Stake, Barbara Tedlock, James A. Holstein, Jaber F. Gubrium, Kathy Charmaz, D. Soyini Madison, John R. Beverley , Stephen Kemmis and Robin McTaggart , William L. Miller, and Benjamin F. Crabtree

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5756-42007, 440 pages

Collecting and Interpreting Qualitative MaterialsTHIRD EDITIONEdited by

Norman K. DenzinUniversity of Illinois at Urbana-ChampaignYvonna S. LincolnTexas A&M University

Collecting and Interpreting Qualitative Materials, Third Edition introduces the researcher to basic methods of gathering, analyzing and interpreting qualitative empirical materials.

CONTENTS: PART I. METHODS OF COLLECTING AND ANALYZING EMPIRICAL MATERIALS Contributors Include: Norman K. Denzin, Yvonna S. Lincoln, Susan E. Chase, Susan Finley,

Andrea Fontana and James H. Frey, Michael V. Angrosino, Douglas Harper, Stacy Holman Jones , Annette N. Markham, Paul Atkinson, Sara Delamont, James Joseph Scheurich, Kathryn Bell McKenzie, Anssi Perakyla, George Kamberelis, and Greg Dimitriadis

PART II. THE ART AND PRACTICES OF INTERPRETATION, EVALUATION, AND PRESENTATION Contributors Include: John K. Smith, Phil Hodkinson, Norman K. Denzin, Laurel Richardson,

Elizabeth Adams St. Pierre, Ivan Brady, Kathleen Stewart, Stephen J. Hartnett, Jeremy D. Engels, and Ernest R. House

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5757-12007, 712 pages

PROFESSIONAL/REFERENCE TITLESTexts denoted with this symbol are unfortunately not available on a complimentary or 60-day exam basis for adoption consideration.Purchase these titles online at www.sagepub.com.

COMPLIMENTARY REVIEW COPIESTexts with this symbol are available on a complimentary review basis.

Qualitative Methods

Page 16: 08_researchmethods

14

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Doing Qualitative ResearchSECOND EDITIONDavid SilvermanGoldsmiths College, University of London, U.K.Amir MarvastiPenn State Altoona

David Silverman’s seminal Doing Qualitative Research can justifi ably claim to be `the supervisor in your pocket’ for all graduate students embarking on their own qualita-

tive research project.

This hugely popular textbook has been fully revised and updated and is one of the few books available that can claim to be essential reading for anyone planning their own research project.

Written in a lively, accessible style, this step-by-step guide provides answers to all the questions students ask when beginning their fi rst research project. Silverman demonstrates how to learn the craft of qualitative research by applying knowledge about different methods to actual data. He provides practical advice on key issues, such as: defi ning `originality’ and narrowing down a topic; keeping a research diary and writing a research report; and presenting research to different audiences.

CONTENTS: PART I: INTRODUCTION 1. How to Use This Book 2. What You Can (and Can’t) Do with Qualitative Research 3. The Research Experience 4. The Research Experience II 5. What Counts as ‘Originality’?

PART II: STARTING OUT 6. Selecting a Topic 7. Using Theories 8. Choosing a Methodology 9. Selecting a Case 10. Writing a Research Proposal

PART III: ANALYSING YOUR DATA 11. Beginning Data Analysis 12. Developing Data Analysis 13. Using Computers to Analyse Qualitative Data 14. Quality in Qualitative Research 15. Evaluating Qualitative Research

PART IV: KEEPING IN TOUCH 16. Keeping a Record 17. Relations in the Field 18. Working with Your Chair/Mentor 19. Getting Feedback

PART V: WRITING UP 20. The First Few Pages 21. The Literature Review Chapter 22. The Methodology Chapter 23. Writing your Data Chapters 24. The Final Chapter

PART VI: THE PhD EXAMINATION 25. Surviving PhD Exams

PART VII: REVIEW 26. Effective Qualitative Research

PART VIII: THE AFTERMATH 27. Getting Published 28. Audiences 29. Finding a Job

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2639-3April 2008, 584 pages

A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book about Qualitative ResearchDavid SilvermanGoldsmiths College, University of London, U.K.

This is the book which everybody doing a research proj-ect has been waiting for. Writing in an informal and ac-cessible style, David Silverman offers the reader an entry

into the broader issues of qualitative research that many textbooks gloss over - the underlying arguments of qualitative research and the key debates about its future direction.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Innumerable Inscrutable Habits 3. On Finding and Manufacturing Qualitative Data 4. Instances or Sequences? 5. Applying Qualitative Research 6. The Aesthetics of Qualitative Research 7. A Very Short Conclusion

Paperback: $25.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4596-72007, 168 pages

Doing Conversation AnalysisSECOND EDITIONPaul ten HaveUniversity of Amsterdam, The Netherlands

This Second Edition of Paul ten Have’s now classic text on Doing Conversation Analysis has been substan-tially revised to bring the book up-to-date with the many changes that have occurred in Conversation Analysis over recent years. The book has a dual purpose: to intro-

duce the reader to Conversation Analysis (CA) as a specifi c research approach in the human sciences, and to provide students and novice researchers with methodologi-cal and practical suggestions for actually doing CA research. The book has been written for an audience of advanced students and novice researchers and should be vital reading for anyone interested in discourse analysis, the analysis of talk-in-inter-action, or in qualitative methodology in general.

CONTENTS: PART I: CONSIDERING CA 1. Introducing the CA Paradigm 2. Three Exemplary Studies 3. Ideas and Evidence in CA Research 4. CA and Different Disciplinary Agendas

PART II: PRODUCING DATA 5. Collecting/Producing Recordings 6. Transcribing Talk-in-Interaction

PART III: ANALYSING DATA 7. Analytic Strategies 8. Elaborating the Analysis

PART IV: APPLIED CA 9. Institutional Interaction 10. Local Rationalities, Formal Knowledge and Critical Concerns

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2175-62007, 264 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 17: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

15Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Qualitative Inquiry and Research DesignChoosing Among Five Approaches

SECOND EDITIONJohn W. CreswellUniversity of Nebraska-Lincoln

Like the bestselling First Edition, this new version ex-plores the philosophical underpinnings, history, and key elements of each of fi ve qualitative inquiry approaches:

narrative research, phenomenology, grounded theory, ethnography, and case study. Using an accessible and engaging writing style, author John W. Creswell compares theoretical frameworks, ways to employ standards of quality, and strategies for writ-ing introductions to studies, collecting data, analyzing data, writing a narrative, and verifying results.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Philosophical, Paradigmatic, and Interpretive Frameworks 3. Designing a Qualitative Study 4. Five Qualitative Approaches to Inquiry 5. Five Different Qualitative Studies 6. Introducing and Focusing the Study 7. Data Collection 8. Data Analysis and Representation 9. Writing a Qualitative Study 10. Standards of Validation and Evaluation / 11. “Turning the Story” and Conclusions

Paperback: $59.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1607-3Instructor’s Resource CD, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4994-12007, 416 pages

Feminist Fieldwork AnalysisSherryl KleinmanUniversity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

Based on the author’s experience with what she calls analysis block, Feminist Fieldwork Analysis offers ad-vice for researchers who want to translate a feminist sen-sibility into qualitative analysis. Each chapter provides a guiding feminist principle; studies that show the principle in action; and analytic questions that researchers can keep in mind in the fi eld or at the desk.

CONTENTS: 1. What’s on the Agenda? 2. Talk is Action 3. Similarities Can be Deceiving 4. Sexism Can be Anywhere 5. The Personal is Political 6. Everything is More than One Thing 7. Bringing it Home

Paperback: $18.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0549-72007, 144 pages

The SAGE Dictionary of Qualitative InquiryTHIRD EDITIONThomas A. SchwandtUniversity of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

The dictionary entries are intended as a guide to the methodological and epistemological concepts and theoretical orientations of qualitative inquiry. Students and teachers will fi nd this book a very useful resource

for navigating various perspectives on qualitative inquiry and as a starting point for launching their own investigations into the issues covered in this guide.

Key Features of the Third Edition:

This edition offers more comprehensive coverage of qualitative inquiry. The text includes an abundance of new terms based on developments in the fi eld.

Key references help deepen readers knowledge of qualitative terminology.

More in-depth coverage of methods terms helps users better acquaint themselves with the research options at their fi ngertips.

This edition also contains approximately 70 new entries and a Readers’ Guide.

CONTENTS: 1. Conventions 2. Readers’ Guide 3. Preface 4. About the Author 5. A Note on Teaching and Learning Qualitative Inquiry6. List of Terms

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0927-32007, 376 pages

Doing & Writing Qualitative ResearchSECOND EDITIONAdrian HollidayCanterbury Christ Church University, New Zealand

This fully updated and revised Second Edition of the successful Doing and Writing Qualitative Research will reinforce its place as an indispensable tool for any-one involved in the qualitative research process. Acces-

sible, practical and concise, this new edition expertly tackles the practical problems which writers face when they attempt to transfer the rich data experience of their real world research into a textual product. Sensitive issues dealing with the appro-priate use of identity in research settings are clearly discussed, while techniques for avoiding reductive judgments are presented and critically discussed. This book provides accessible advice for novice researchers on where to begin and how to proceed.

CONTENTS: 1. Approaching Qualitative Research 2. Starting Out 3. Showing the Workings 4. What Counts as Data 5. Writing about Data 6. Writer Voice 7. Writing about Relations 8. Making Appropriate Claims

Paperback: $41.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1130-62007, 216 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 18: 08_researchmethods

16

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Foundations of Qualitative ResearchInterpretive and Critical ApproachesJerry W. WillisLouisiana State University

Foundations of Qualitative Research introduces key theoretical and epistemological concepts replete with historical and current real-world examples. Author Jerry W. Willis provides an invaluable resource to guide the

critical and qualitative inquiry process written in an accessible and non-intimidating style that brings these otherwise diffi cult concepts to life.

CONTENTS: 1. World Views, Paradigms, and the Practice of Social Science Research 2. History and Context of Paradigm Development 3. Foundational Issues: Postpositivist and Critical Perspectives 4. History and Foundations of Interpretivist Research 5. Frameworks for Qualitative Research / Postpositivist Research 6. General Guidelines for Qualitative Research 7. Methods of Qualitative Research 8. Approaches to Data Analysis and Intepretation 9. 21st Century Social Science: Peering into the Future

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2741-32007, 392 pages

Appreciative InquiryResearch for ChangeJan ReedNorthumbria University, U.K.

Appreciative Inquiry: Research for Change is the fi rst book dedicated to exploring appreciative inquiry (AI) as an approach to change-focused research. In this book, author Jan Reed draws on the work of David Cooper rider and other pioneers in the area of AI to bridge the current gap between consulting activity and academic

research in AI. The book places AI in the context of other research paradigms and approaches, addressing positivist versus naturalistic stances, social construction-ist concepts, and related methods and methodologies such as action research, PAR, ethnography, case studies, and narrative inquiry.

CONTENTS: 1. Experiences of Appreciative Inquiry 2. A Brief Tour of the History and Principles of Appreciative Inquiry 3. Research Frameworks: Where does Appreciative Inquiry Connect with Research? 4. Key Themes and Issues in Appreciative Inquiry 5. Developing Research Questions and Goals with Communities 6. Information Gathering and Generating: Inclusivity, Partnership, and Collaboration 7. Making Sense: Issues of Questions and Story 8. Communicating and Disseminating Research: Voice, Audience, and Message 9. Research for Change: Ways to Go

Paperback: $34.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2747-52007, 232 pages

Researching the VulnerableA Guide to Sensitive Research MethodsPranee LiamputtongLa Trobe University, Australia

This book takes as its starting point the particular con-siderations and sensitivities of being a researcher faced with a subject group at the margins of society, and ex-plores the ethical, practical, and methodological implica-tions of working with such groups. Author Pranee Liam-puttong explores qualitative methods using examples,

drawn from around the world, and from the wide variety of contexts that might count as ‘researching the vulnerable’. This is an ideal reference for any graduate student taking a course in research methods, and PhD research training courses across the Social Sciences.

CONTENTS: 1. The Sensitive Researcher 2. Moral and Ethical Issues In Researching Vulnerable People 3. The Vulnerable Research Participants 4. The Sensitive and Vulnerable Researcher 5. Traditional Interviewing Research Methods Appropriate for Researching Vulnerable

People 6. Flexible and Collaborative Investigative Methods 7. Innovative and Alternative Research Methods in Consideration 8. (Re)Presentation of Vulnerable Voices 9. A Closing Word...For Now

Paperback: $43.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1254-92007, 256 pages

README FIRST for a User’s Guide to Qualitative MethodsSECOND EDITIONLyn RichardsQualitative Solutions and ResearchJanice M. MorseUniversity of Utah

Using a clear, conversational, and friendly approach, the Second Edition of README FIRST for a User’s Guide to Qualitative Methods offers novice researchers a readable, practical “readme” guide to get them started in qualitative inquiry. In chapters full of practical advice, authors Lyn Richards and Jan-ice M. Morse take the reader through the steps of research design, software choice and use, data making, coding, abstracting, and presenting a study.

CONTENTS: 1. Why Readme First? 2. Thinking Research 3. The Integrity of Qualitative Research 4. Selecting a Method 5. Grounded Theory 6. Qualitative Research Design 7. Inside Analysis 8. Making Data 9. Coding 10. Abstracting 11. Getting It Right 12. On Getting It Right and Knowing If It’s Wrong 13. Writing It Up 14. Beginning Your Project 15. Groundwork for Beginning Your Project

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2743-72007, 304 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 19: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

17Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Composing Qualitative ResearchCrafting Theoretical Points from Qualitative Data

SECOND EDITIONKaren Golden-BiddleBoston UniversityKaren LockeCollege of William and Mary

Organized around an extended metaphor of “story,” this book provides both theoretical and practical guidance for students and research-ers who need to transform their qualitative data into a coherent manuscript. Each chapter covers a different aspect of creating a story: fi nding the intended audience, crafting and developing the storyline, characterizing the storyteller, and rewriting the story for publication. Composing Qualitative Research is highly recommended for professionals and students across the social sciences and management.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. The Style and Practice of Our Academic Writing 3. Crafting a Theorized Storyline 4. Developing the Theorized Storyline 5. Characterizing the Storyteller 6. Re-Writing the Story

Paperback: $33.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0561-92007, 144 pages

Visual Research MethodsImage, Society, and Representation

Edited by

Gregory C. Stanczak

Stanczak’s edited volume crisscrosses disciplines in ways that highlights the multiple manifestations of this newer interdisciplinary trend. The text is organized around three thematic issues: methodology, epistemological refl ection, and theoretical and conceptual exploration. Each of these

guiding themes is developed to greater or lesser degree in each chapter providing a navigational thread throughout the entire book. The author most explicitly address methodology in their essays but each also answers epistemological questions and suggests ways in which visuals facilitate theoretical or conceptual development.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction Gregory C. Stanczak 2. Observing Culture and Social Life Jon Wagner 3. All Photos Lie Barry Goldstein 4. Capturing the Visual Traces of Historical Change Jon Miller 5. Using Photography in Studies of Immigrant Communities Steven J. Gold 6. Breaking the Ethnographer’s Frames Jeffrey Sammuels 7. Inner-City Children in Sharper Focus Marisol Clark-Ibáñez 8. The Failure of “The President’s Choice” Erina Duganne 9. Signs of Resistance Emmanuel David 10. Filming ‘The Closet’ Ruth Holliday 11. The Symbolism of Video Yolanda Hernandez-Albujar 12. Website Design Stephen Papson, Robert Goldman, Noah Kersey

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3954-62007, 376 pages

Doing Visual EthnographySECOND EDITIONSarah PinkLoughborough University, U.K.

Following the success of the First Edition, this fully revised and updated Second Edition of Doing Visual Eth-nography explores the use and potential of photogra-phy, video, and hypermedia in ethnographic and social research. It offers a refl exive approach to theoretical,

methodological, practical, and ethical issues of using these media now that they are increasingly being incorporated into fi eld research.

CONTENTS: PART I: THINKING ABOUT VISUAL RESEARCH 1. The Visual in Ethnography 2. Planning and Practising ‘Visual Methods’

PART II: PRODUCING KNOWLEDGE 3. Photography in Ethnographic Research4. Video in Ethnographic Research 5. Classifying and Interpreting Photographic and Video Materials

PART III: VISUAL IMAGES AND TECHNOLOGIES 6. Ethnographic Photography and Printed Text 7. Video in Ethnographic Representation 8. Ethnographic Hypermedia Representation

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2348-42006, 240 pages

Visual MethodologiesAn Introduction to the Interpretation of Visual Methods

SECOND EDITIONGillian RoseThe Open University, U.K.

This new edition of Gillian Rose’s bestselling Visual Methodologies text has been comprehensively re-vised and updated. Visual Methodologies, Second

Edition provides a critical introduction to the study and interpretation of visual cul-ture. An introductory chapter contextualizes the theoretical approach to working with visual materials. Subsequent chapters each examine a visual method in detail and assess the method’s strengths and weaknesses.

CONTENTS: 1. Researching Visual Objects 2. How To Use This Book 3. ‘The Good Eye’ 4. Content Analysis 5. Semiology 6. Psychoanalysis 7. Discourse Analysis I 8. Discourse Analysis II 9. Audience Studies 10. An Anthropological Approach 11. Making Photographs as Part of a Research Project 12. Visual Methodologies

Paperback: $47.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2191-62007, 304 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 20: 08_researchmethods

18

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Feminist Research PracticeA PrimerSharlene Nagy Hesse-BiberBoston CollegePatricia Lina LeavyStonehill College

This text provides a unique “hands-on” approach to re-search by providing exercises and “behind the scenes” glimpses of feminist researchers at work.

CONTENTS: 1. An Invitation to Feminist Research Abigail Brooks and Sharlene Nagy Hesse-Biber

PART I: FEMINIST APPROACHES TO EPISTEMOLOGY AND THEORY 2. Feminist Empiricism Denise Leckenby 3. Feminist Standpoint Epistemology Abigail Brooks 4. Feminist Postmodernism and Poststructuralism Patricia Lina Leavy

PART II: FEMINIST APPROACHES TO RESEARCH METHODS AND METHODOLOGY 5. The Practice of Feminist In-Depth Interviewing Sharlene Nagy Hesse-Biber 6. The Practice of Feminist Oral History and Focus Group Interviews Patricia Lina Leavy 7. The Feminist Practice of Ethnography Elana D. Buch and Karen M. Staller 8. The Feminist Practice of Content Analysis Patricia Lina Leavy 9. Feminist Approaches to Mixed-Methods Research Denise Leckenby and Sharlene Nagy

Hesse-Biber 10. Feminist Survey Research Kathi Miner-Rubino and Toby Epstein Jayaratne Antoinette

Errante, Lisa Cosgrove, Dana Jack Crowley, Diana E. H. Russel, Kristin L. Anderson, Maxine Birch, Sandra Harding, Suheyla Kirca Schroeder, Lisa Dodson, Patti Lather, Deborah Piatelli, Judith Preissle, and Leah Schmalzbauer

PART III: FEMINIST PRAXIS 11. Putting It Together Sharlene Nagy Hesse-Biber

Paperback: $41.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2892-82007, 392 pages

Interpreting Qualitative DataMethods for Analyzing Talk, Text and Interaction

THIRD EDITIONDavid SilvermanGoldsmiths College, University of London, U.K.

The objective of the Third Edition is to offer undergradu-ates the kind of hands-on training in qualitative research required to guide them through the process.

CONTENTS: PART I: THEORY AND METHOD IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH 1. Beginning Research 2. What Is Qualitative Research?

PART II: METHODS 3. Ethnography and Observation 4. Interviews 5. Texts 6. Naturally Occurring Talk 7. Visual Images

PART III: RESEARCH PRACTICE 8. Credible Qualitative Research 9. Research Ethics 10. Writing Your Report

PART IV: IMPLICATIONS 11. The Relevance of Qualitative Research 12. The Potential of Qualitative Research

Paperback: $46.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2245-62006, 448 pages

Keywords in Qualitative MethodsA Vocabulary of Research ConceptsMichael BloorUniversity of Glasgow, U.K.Fiona WoodCardiff University, U.K.

This is an accessible and practical guide to qualitative techniques for students and researchers across the so-

cial and health sciences. An essential companion for any student, the book provides a wide-ranging coverage of qualitative methods complemented by extended illustra-tion from the array of academic disciplines in which qualitative research is found and employed.

Written in a lively and reader-friendly style, this is an essential study guide for stu-dents and fi rst-time researchers. It is a primary source of reference for advanced study, a necessary supplement to established textbooks, and a comprehensive ref-erence guide to the specialized language of qualitative research across the social sciences.

Paperback: $29.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4331-02006, 208 pages

Theoretical Frameworks in Qualitative ResearchEdited by

Vincent A. Anfara, Jr. and Norma T. MertzUniversity of Tennessee, Knoxville

The authors provide extensive and practical coverage of theory and its role in qualitative research, a review of the literature that currently exists on theoretical frameworks, a clear and concise defi nition of what a theoretical

framework is and how one goes about fi nding one, and real-world examples of theo-retical frameworks effectively employed by some of the world’s leading qualitative researchers.

CONTENTS: Introduction Vincent A. Anfara, Jr. and Norma T. Mertz 1. Seeking Understanding of School Culture Joyce L. Henstrand 2. Transformational Learning and HIV-Positive Young Adults Sharan B. Merriam 3. Struggling with Theory Frances C. Fowler 4. Liminality and the Study of a Changing Academic Landscape Pamela J. Bettis and

Michael R. Mills 5. Organizational Identity and Identifi cation during a Departmental Reorganization Michael

R. Mills and Pamela J. Bettis 6. Chaos and Complexity as a Framework for Understanding Social Workers at Midlife

Irene E. Karpiak 7. A Look through the Kubler-Ross Theoretical Lens Kerri S. Kearney and Adrienne E. Hyle 8. Mary Douglas’s Typology of Grid and Group Edward L. Harris 9. Adapting Bourdieu’s Field Theory to Explain Decision-Making Processes in Educational

Psychology Carol A. Mutch 10. On Politics and Theory Catherine A. Lugg 11. Conclusion Vincent A. Anfara, Jr. and Norma T. Mertz

Paperback: $41.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1416-12006, 240 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 21: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

19Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Designing Qualitative ResearchFOURTH EDITIONCatherine MarshallUniversity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

Gretchen B. RossmanUniversity of Massachusetts, Amherst

The Fourth Edition of this best-selling text, Designing Qualitative Research, once again provides pragmatic

guidance for developing and successfully defending proposals for qualitative inquiry. With expanded coverage of ethics, analysis processes, and approaches, authors Catherine Marshall and Gretchen B. Rossman, have updated this highly popular text to refl ect the advances and challenges presented by provocative developments and new applications since the previous edition. The Fourth Edition provides updated references, walks readers through the crafting of a research project from start to fi n-ish in a step-by-step fashion, and offers a contemporary perspective.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. The “What” of the Study: Building the Conceptual Framework 3. The “How” of the Study: Building the Research Design 4. Data Collection Methods 5. Managing, Analyzing, and Interpreting Data 6. Planning Time and Resources 7. Articulating the Value and Logic of Qualitative Research

Paperback: $47.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2489-42006, 280 pages

An Introduction to Qualitative ResearchTHIRD EDITIONUwe FlickAlice-Salomon University of Applied Sciences, Berlin

This Third Edition of Uwe Flick’s bestselling textbook has been fully revised, expanded, and updated but retains all of the student-friendly elements and carefully structured qualities of the previous edition.

CONTENTS: PART I: FRAMEWORK

PART II: FROM THEORY TO TEXT

PART III: RESEARCH DESIGN

PART IV: VERBAL DATA

PART V: MULTIFOCUS DATA

PART VI: FROM TEXT TO THEORY

PART VII: GROUNDING AND WRITING QUALITATIVE RESEARCH

Paperback: $51.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1146-72006, 448 pages

Constructing Grounded TheoryA Practical Guide through Qualitative AnalysisKathy CharmazSonoma State University, Rohnert Park

In this important and essential new textbook, Kathy Charmaz introduces the reader to the craft of us-ing grounded theory in social research, and provides a clear, step-by-step guide for those new to the fi eld. Us-

ing worked examples throughout, this book also maps out an alternative vision of grounded theory put forward by its founding thinkers, Glaser and Strauss. Essential reading for students, new researchers, and seasoned social scientists alike, this book is one of those rare things, a textbook that is both accessible to those new to the fi eld but also one that has important things to say about the nature of social enquiry itself.

CONTENTS: 1. An Invitation to Grounded Theory 2. Gathering Rich Data 3. Coding in Grounded Theory Practice 4. Memo-Writing 5. Theoretical Sampling, Saturation and Sorting 6. Reconstructing Theory in Grounded Theory Studies 7. Writing the Draft 8. Refl ecting on the Research Process

Paperback: $42.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-7353-92006, 224 pages

The Practice of Qualitative ResearchA PrimerSharlene Nagy Hesse-BiberBoston CollegePatricia LeavyStonehill College

This textbook presents an engaging introduction to the theory and methods of qualitative research in the social

sciences. The authors employ a “holistic” approach to research by tightly linking re-search questions with the appropriate set of qualitative methods. They cover all the key mainstream qualitative methods, as well as a number of more unconventional ones such as oral history, visual and unobtrusive methods, and present an overview of mixed-methods approaches.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE QUALITATIVE PARADIGM 1. The Craft of Qualitative Research: A Holistic Approach 2. The Research Process 3. The Ethics of Social Research

PART II. METHODS OF DATA COLLECTION 4. In-Depth Interview 5. Oral History: A Collaborative Method of (Auto)Biography Interview 6. Focus Group Interviews 7. Ethnography 8. Content Analysis and Unobtrusive Methods 9. Mixed Methods Research

PART III. ANALYSIS AND REPRESENTATION 10. Analysis and Interpretation of Qualitative Data 11. The Research Nexus: Staying Centered and Building Knowledge

Paperback: $52.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2827-02006, 416 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 22: 08_researchmethods

20

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Qualitative Research DesignAn Interactive Approach

SECOND EDITIONJoseph A. MaxwellGeorge Mason University

Qualitative Research Design: An Interactive Ap-proach, Second Edition provides researchers and students with a user-friendly, step-by-step guide to plan-ning qualitative research. A bestseller in its First Edition,

this invaluable book presents an innovative approach to the components of design and how they interact with each other. The text presents a clear strategy for creating coherent and workable relationships among these design components and high-lights key design issues. Based on a course the author taught for seven years at the Harvard Graduate School of Education, the work is written in an informal, jargon-free style and incorporates many examples and hands-on exercises. This edition includes new or substantially expanded discussions of

Research paradigmsDefi ning a research problemSite and participant selectionRelationships with research participantsData analysis Reliability and validity

Qualitative Research Design presents a fl exible, systemic model of design, which is perfect for designing studies and research proposals. Experienced researchers will welcome author Joseph A. Maxwell’s refreshing approach and clear, direct style, and professors across the social sciences will fi nd this an invaluable text for graduate research courses.

CONTENTS:1. A Model for Qualitative Research Design 2. Goals: Why Are You Doing This Study? 3. Conceptual Framework: What Do You Think Is Going On? 4. Research Questions: What Do You Want to Understand? 5. Methods: What Will You Actually Do? 6. Validity: How Might You Be Wrong? 7. Research Proposals: Presenting and Justifying a Qualitative Study

Paperback: $38.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2608-52005, 192 pages

••••••

Handling Qualitative DataA Practical GuideLyn RichardsQSR International

Handling Qualitative Data introduces students and practitioners to qualitative research in a uniquely practi-cal manner. The book provides pragmatic, informal, and succinct assistance in the processes of meeting, sorting, coding, documenting, and exploring unstructured re-cords. It smoothly integrates software use into data han-

dling as and when it is necessary, with discussion of challenges. It guides the reader to debates about the nature and interpretation of such data and the goals of valid and useful outcomes from qualitative analysis. This text will assist novice research-ers to do justice to such data, whatever their background or opportunities for further methods training.

CONTENTS: PART I: SETTING UP 1. Setting up your project 2. Qualitative data 3. Data records

PART II: WORKING WITH THE DATA 4. Up from the data 5. Coding 6. Handling ideas

PART III: MAKING SENSE OF YOUR DATA 7. What are you aiming for? 8. Searching the data 9. Seeing a whole 10. Telling it

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4259-72005, 224 pages

Situational AnalysisGrounded Theory After the Postmodern TurnAdele E. ClarkeUniversity of California, San Francisco

Situational Analysis: Grounded Theory After the Postmodern Turn provides an innovative approach to grounded theory useful in a wide array of qualitative re-search projects. Situational Analysis can be used in a wide array of research projects that draw on interview, ethnographic, historical, visual, and other discursive ma-

terials including multi-site research. It is a perfect supplement to any graduate-level qualitative research course, and will also support professional researchers and con-sultants from diverse backgrounds pursuing qualitative projects.

CONTENTS: 1. Pushing and Being Pulled Around the Postmodern Turn 2. From Chicago Ecologies to Situational Analysis 3. Doing Situational Maps and Analysis 4. Turning to Discourse(s) 5. Mapping Narrative Discourses 6. Mapping Visual Discourses 7. Mapping Historical Discourses

Paperback: $52.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-3056-32005, 408 pages PROFESSIONAL/REFERENCE TITLES

Texts denoted with this symbol are unfortunately not available on a complimentary or 60-day exam basis for adoption consideration.Purchase these titles online at www.sagepub.com.

COMPLIMENTARY REVIEW COPIESTexts with this symbol are available on a complimentary review basis.

Qualitative Methods

Page 23: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

21Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Qualitative InterviewingThe Art of Hearing Data

SECOND EDITIONHerbert J. RubinNorthern Illinois UniversityIrene S. RubinNorthern Illinois University

This practical, user-friendly text takes the novice re-searcher through all of the steps of an interviewing

project, beginning with picking a viable and absorbing topic, gaining the confi dence of interviewees, preparing questions, and the fi nal analysis and write-up. A core pur-pose of the book is building confi dence in beginning researchers so they can begin to interview right away and experience the excitement of learning about others’ lives and stories.

CONTENTS: 1. Listening, Hearing, and Sharing Social Experiences 2. Why We Do What We Do: Philosophy of Qualitative Interviewing 3. Design: Choosing Topics and Anticipating Data Analysis 4. Continuing the Design: Making the Research Credible 5. Conversational Partnerships 6. The Responsive Interview as an Extended Conversation 7. Structuring the Interview 8. Designing Main Questions and Probes 9. Preparing Follow-Up Questions 10. The First Phase of Analysis: Preparing Transcripts and Coding Data 11. Analyzing Coded Data 12. Presenting the Results

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2075-52005, 304 pages

“Stretching” Exercises for Qualitative ResearchersSECOND EDITIONValerie J. JanesickUniversity of South Florida

In this updated version of her innovative and distinc-tive book, author Valerie J. Janesick has extended the metaphor of dance and arts to yoga as an art form to strengthen her argument that tapping into one’s artistic

side—the side that is more creative and less inhibited—is a fundamental prerequisite for realizing one’s potential as a researcher. Janesick provides a series of exercises, which can be used inside and outside the classroom, that are both artistically in-spired and immensely practical.

CONTENTS: PART I: INTRODUCTION

PART II: THE OBSERVATION CYCLE: SELECTED EXERCISES

PART III: THE INTERVIEW CYCLE

PART IV: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND THE ROLE OF THE RESEARCHER PART V: THE ANALYSIS CYCLE: MAKING SENSE OF THE DATA, INTUITION ETHICS, AND OTHER ISSUES

Paperback: $46.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2815-72004, 288 pages

Learning in the FieldAn Introduction to Qualitative Research

SECOND EDITIONGretchen B. Rossman and Sharon F. RallisUniversity of Massachusetts Amherst

The popular text that helped readers better understand and practice qualitative research has been completely updated and revised while retaining the features that made the First Edition so useful. To help readers better

visualize and grasp the concepts, issues, and complexities of qualitative inquiry, the authors introduce each chapter with discussions among three “characters”—students whose research projects demonstrate the challenges and excitement of qualitative research.

CONTENTS: Forward Michael Quinn Patton 1. Qualitative Research as Learning 2. The Researcher as Learner 3. The Researcher as Competent and Ethical 4. Major Qualitative Research Genres 5. Planning the Research 6. Entering the Field 7. Gathering Data in the Field 8. Our Characters’ Data 9. Issues That Arise in the Field 10. Analyzing and Interpreting Data 11. Our Characters’ Analyses 12. Presenting the Learnings

Paperback: $51.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2651-12003, 392 pages

Qualitative ResearchingSECOND EDITIONJennifer MasonUniversity of Manchester, U.K.

The Second Edition of this bestselling text offers stu-dents and fi rst-time researchers invaluable guidance to the practice of qualitative social research.

Throughout the author addresses the key issues which need to be identifi ed and resolved in the qualitative re-

search process, and through which researchers develop essential skills in qualitative research.

CONTENTS: PART I: QUESTIONS OF STRATEGY 1. Finding a Focus and Knowing Where You Stand 2. Designing Qualitative Research

PART II: GENERATING QUALITATIVE DATA 3. Data Sources, Methods and Approaches 4. Qualitative Interviewing 5. Observing and Participating 6. Using Visual Methods and Documents 7. Sampling and Selection in Qualitative Research

PART III: ANALYZING QUALITATIVE DATA 8. Organizing and Indexing Qualitative Data 9. Making Convincing Arguments with Qualitative Data

Paperback: $50.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-7428-42002, 224 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 24: 08_researchmethods

22

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Making Sense of Qualitative DataComplementary Research StrategiesAmanda Jane CoffeyCardiff University, U.K.Paul A. AtkinsonCardiff University, U.K.

Authors Amanda Jane Coffey and Paul A. Atkinson underscore the diversity of approaches at the disposal of the qualitative researcher by using a single data set—doctoral students and faculty members in social anthropology—that they ana-lyze using a number of techniques. User-friendly and accessible, Making Sense of Qualitative Data is not intended as a comprehensive cookbook of methods. It describes and illustrates a number of key, complementary approaches to qualitative data and offers practical advice on the many ways to analyze data, which the reader is encouraged to explore and enjoy.

CONTENTS: 1. Varieties of Data and Varieties of Analysis 2. Concepts and Coding 3. Narratives and Stories 4. Meanings and Metaphors 5. Writing and Representation 6. Beyond the Data 7. Complementary Strategies of Computer-Aided Analysis 8. Coda

Paperback: $56.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-7053-31996, 216 pages

Phenomenological Research MethodsClark MoustakasMichigan School of Professional Psychology

In this brief volume, Clark Moustakas clearly explains the theoretical underpinnings of phenomenology, based on the work of Husserl and others, and takes the reader step-by-step through the process of conducting a phenomenological study. His concise guide also provides numerous extended examples of successful phenom-enological studies from a variety of fi elds, including therapy, health care, victimol-ogy, psychology, and gender studies. It also includes form letters and other research tools to use in designing and conducting a study.

CONTENTS: 1. Human Science Perspectives and Models 2. Transcendental Phenomenology 3. Conceptual Framework 4. Phenomenology and Human Science Inquiry 5. Intentionality, Noema and Noesis 6. Epoche, Phenomenological Reduction, Imaginative Variation and Synthesis 7. Methods and Procedures for Conducting Human Science Research 8. Phenomenological Research 9. Analyses and Examples 10. Summary, Implications and Outcomes 11. A Phenomenological Analysis

Paperback: $61.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-5799-21994, 208 pages

Writing Up Qualitative ResearchSECOND EDITIONHarry F. WolcottUniversity of Oregon, Eugene

Wolcott has thoroughly revised the book that has provid-ed a solution to this conundrum as well as inspired thou-sands of readers with their writing. Using lively examples from his and other researchers’ experiences, friendly,

practical tips, and a warm, refl ective writing style, Wolcott offers readers sugges-tions for when and where to begin, how to keep the momentum going once writing is underway, suggestions for tightening things up, alternatives for handling questions of theory and method, how to proceed with the mechanics of preparing a manuscript from the table of contents to the index, and how to get published.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Getting Going 3. Keeping Going 4. Linking Up 5. Tightening Up 6. Finishing Up 7. Getting Published

Paperback: $36.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2429-62001, 208 pages

InterViewsAn Introduction to Qualitative Research InterviewingSecond EditionSteinar KvaleInstitute of Psychology, University of Aarhus, DenmarkSvend Brinkmann

Retaining the same four-part structure of the fi rst, the Second Edition of the bestseller provides an introduction to interviewing as research, a conceptualization of the research interview, a discussion of the seven stages of an interview investiga-tion, and a conclusion. The text also includes a discussion of newer developments in qualitative interviewing including narrative, discoursive, and conversational analyses.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Interview Research

PART I: Conceptualizing the Research Interview 2. Research Interviews, Philosophical Dialogues, and Therapeutic Interviews 3. Epistemological issues of Interviewing 4. Ethical Issues of Interviewing 5. Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing

PART II: CONCEPTUALIZING THE RESEARCH INTERVIEW6. Thematizing and Designing an Interview Study 7. Conducting an Interview8. Interview Variations 9. Interview Quality 10. Transcribing Interviews 11. Preparing for Interview Analysis 12. Interview Analyses Focusing on Meaning 13. Interview Analyses Focusing on Lanugage 14. Eclectic and Theoretical Analyses of Interviews 15. The Social Construction of Validity16. Reporting Interview Knowledge17. Converstaions about Interviews

Paperback: $56.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-5820-31996, 344 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 25: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

23Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Qualitative Data AnalysisAn Expanded Sourcebook

SECOND EDITIONMatthew B. MilesA. Michael Huberman

This groundbreaking book has now been revised to take up where the First Edition left off and account for the phenomenal expansion of qualitative inquiry since then. In the Second Edition, Matthew B. Miles and A. Michael

Huberman bring the art of qualitative data analysis up-to-date, adding hundreds of new techniques, ideas, and references that draw on the experience of the authors and many colleagues in the design, testing, and use of qualitative data analysis methods. Each method of data display and analysis is described and illustrated in detail, with practical suggestions for adaptation and use.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Focusing and Bounding the Collection of Data 3. Focusing and Bounding the Collection of Data 4. Early Steps in Analysis 5. Within-Case Displays 6. Within-Case Displays 7. Cross-Case Displays 8. Cross-Case Displays 9. Matrix Displays 10. Making Good Sense 11. Ethical Issues in Analysis 12. Producing Reports 13. Concluding Remarks

Paperback: $72.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-5540-01994, 352 pages

Naturalistic InquiryYvonna S. LincolnTexas A&M UniversityEgon G. GubaUniversity of Indiana, Emeritus

The authors offer guidance for research in the fi eld. Use-ful tips are given, for example, on “designing” a study as it unfolds, establishing “trustworthiness,” and writing a case report. This book helps researchers “both to under-stand and to do naturalistic inquiry.” Of particular interest

to educational researchers, it is valuable for all social scientists involved with ques-tions of qualitative and quantitative methodology.

CONTENTS: 1. Post-Positivism and the Naturalistic Paradigm 2. Is the Naturalistic Paradigm the Genuine Article? 3. Constructed Realities 4. The Disturbing and Disturbed Observer 5. The Only Generalization is 6. Is Causality a Viable Concept? 7. Is Being Value-Free Valuable? 8. Doing What Comes Naturally9. Designing a Naturalistic Inquiry 10. Implementing the Naturalistic Inquiry 11. Establishing Trustworthiness 12. Processing Naturalistically-Obtained Data 13. Case Reporting, Member Checking, and Auditing

Hardcover: $94.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-2431-41985, 416 pages

Introducing Qualitative ResearchA Student’s Guide to the Craft of Doing Qualitative ResearchRosaline BarbourUniversity of Dundee, U.K.

Introducing Qualitative Research is an ideal starter text for those new to the fi eld, providing thorough cover-age of all the core areas of qualitative research practice.

Each chapter comes with a range of exercises and with excerpts of genuine qualita-tive data that help the reader get a good feel for the process of generating and ana-lyzing qualitative data.

CONTENTS: PART I: INTRODUCTION 1. The Scope and Contribution of Qualitative Research 2. Research Design 3. Ethics

PART II: GENERATING DATA 4. Ethnography 5. Interviewing 6. Focus Groups

PART III: COMPLEX RESEARCH DESIGNS IN PRACTICE 7. Mixing Methods 8. Action Research

PART IV: ANALYZING AND PRESENTING QUALITATIVE DATA 9. Analysis Groundwork 10. Interrogating Your Data 11. Theorizing in Qualitative Data Analysis 12. Presenting and Writing Up Qualitative Research 13. New Challenges and Perennial Dilemmas

Paperback: $47.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3460-22007, 328 pages

Doing Qualitative Research Using Your ComputerA Practical GuideChris Hahn

Using straight-forward language Doing Qualitative Re-search Using Your Computer walks readers through the process of managing and streamlining research projects using commonly available Microsoft software applications. Drawing on a wide range of examples to

demonstrate how easy it is to use such software, this guide is full of useful hints and tips on how to manage research more effi ciently and effectively.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction, Coding Terminology, and the Big Picture 2. Getting Started 3. Organizing and Controlling your Research 4. Backup your Data 5. Collecting your Data 6. Level 1 Coding 7. Level 2 Coding Using Access 8. Level 2 Coding Using Excel 9. Level 3 and Level 4 (Theoretical Concepts) Coding 10. Writing the Report

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4693-3May 2008, 224 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 26: 08_researchmethods

24

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Using Software in Qualitative ResearchA Step-by-Step GuideAnn Lewins and Christina SilverCAQDAS Networking Project, University of Surrey, U.K.

Using Software in Qualitative Research combines several aspects of Computer Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis (CAQDAS), helping the reader choose the most appropriate package for their specifi c needs and get the

most out of the software once they are using it. The text considers tasks and pro-cesses, bringing them together to demystify qualitative software and encourage fl ex-ible and critical choices and uses of software in supporting analysis. This text can be read as a whole or chapters can be treated on a more stand-alone basis, building on one another to provide a holistic sense of the analytic journey without advocating a particular sequential process.

CONTENTS:1. Processes and Tasks in Using Qualitative Software 2. Data and Their Preparation for CAQDAS Packages 3. Getting Started in Qualitative Software 4. Exploration and Text-Level Work 5. Qualitative Coding in Software 6. Coding Schemes, Coding Frames 7. Coding Tasks in Software 8. Basic Retrieval of Coded Data 9. Managing Processes and Interpretations by Writing 10. Mapping Ideas and Linking Concepts 11. Organizing Data to Known Characteristics 12. Interrogating the Dataset 13. Convergence, Closeness, Choice

Paperback: $42.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4923-72007, 304 pages

Qualitative Data Analysis with NVivoSECOND EDITIONPatricia BazeleyResearch Support Pty Limited, Australia

Qualitative Data Analysis with NVivo is essential reading for anyone thinking of using their computer to help analyze qualitative data. Through this very practi-cal book, readers are guided on how to make best use

of the powerful and fl exible tools offered by the latest version of NVivo as they work through each stage of their research projects. Explanations draw on examples from her own and others’ projects, and are supported by the methodological literature. This book shows how NVivo software can accommodate and assist analysis across those different perspectives and methodological approaches.

CONTENTS: 1. Perspectives 2. Starting a Project 3. Making Data Records 4. Working with Data 5. Connecting Ideas 6. Managing Data 7. The ‘Pit Stop’ 8. Going Further

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2141-12007, 232 pages

Qualitative Data AnalysisAn IntroductionCarol GrbichThe Flinders University of South Australia

Qualitative Data Analysis provides a thorough but very accessible reference guide to epistemological changes and their impact on the fi eld of qualitative research, together with a practical guide to the wide range of ap-proaches social science researchers and postgraduate students are currently using to design and analyze this

form of data.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE STATE OF THE ART 1. Epistemological Changes and their Impact on the Field 2. General Approaches to Designing and Analyzing Data

PART II: SPECIFIC ANALYTICAL APPROACHES 3. Classical Ethnographic Approaches 4. Newer Ethnographic Approaches 5. Grounded Theory 6. Phenomenology 7. Feminist Research

PART III: ANALYSIS OF DOCUMENTATION 8. Content Analysis of Texts: Written/Visual Documentation 9. Narrative Analysis 10. Conversation Analysis 11. Discourse Analysis 12. Visual Interpretation 13. Semiotic Structural and Poststructural Analyses

PART IV: WRITING UP DATA 14. Theorizing from Data 15. Incorporating Data from Multiple Sources 16. Writing Up and Data Display

PART V: QUALITATIVE COMPUTING PROGRAMS 17. An Overview of Qualitative Computer Programs

Paperback: $45.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2143-52007, 264 pages

Action Research

Action ResearchTeachers as Researchers in the ClassroomCraig A. MertlerBowling Green State University

Action Research introduces practicing teachers to the process of conducting classroom-based action research. The practical nature of the book stems from the fact that it focuses on research methods and procedures that teachers can use in conjunction with their everyday in-structional practices and activities in classrooms.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Action Research 2. Overview of the Action Research Process 3. Planning for Action Research 4. Developing a Research Plan 5. Collecting Data 6. Analyzing Data 7. Developing an Action Plan 8. Sharing and Refl ecting 9. Writing Up Action

Paperback: $43.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2844-72006, 280 pages

Qualitative Methods / Action Research

Page 27: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

25Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Action ResearchTHIRD EDITIONErnest T. StringerCurtin University of Technology, Australia

In Action Research, author Ernest T. Stringer provides a series of tools that assist the researcher in working through the research process.

CONTENTS: 1. Research in professional and public life 2. Theory and principles of action research 3. Setting the stage: planning a research process 4. Look: building the picture 5. Think: interpreting and analyzing 6. Act: resolving problems—planning and implementing sustainable solutions 7. Strategic planning for sustainable change and development 8. Formal reports 9. Understanding action research

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5223-12007, 304 pages

Introduction to Action ResearchSocial Research for Social Change

SECOND EDITIONDavydd J. GreenwoodCornell UniversityMorten LevinNorwegian University of Science and Technology

The Second Edition of Introduction to Action Re-search focuses on how it is possible to combine practical problem solving with gen-erating new theoretical insights.

CONTENTS: 1. What Is Action Research?2. Introduction: Action Research, Diversity, and Democracy 3. A History of Action Research 4. Action Research Cases From Practice: The Stories of Stongfjorden, Mondragón, and

Programs for Employment and Workplace Systems at Cornell University 5. Science, Epistemology, and Practice in Action Research 6. An Epistemological Foundation for Action Research 7. Scientifi c Method and Action Research 8. Social Science Research Techniques, Work Forms, and Research Strategies in Action

Research 9. Knowledge Generation in Action Research: The Dialectics of Local Knowledge and

Research-based Knowledge 10. The Friendly Outsider: From AR as a Research Strategy to the Skills Needed to Become

an Action Researcher 11. Varieties of Action Research Praxis: Liberating Human Potential 12. Pragmatic Action Research 13. Power, Liberation, Adult Education, Feminism, and Social Reform 14. Educational Action Research 15. Participatory evaluation 16. Rapid Rural Appraisal, Participatory Rural Appraisal, and Participatory Learning and

Analysis 17. Human Inquiry, Collaborative Inquiry, Cooperative Inquiry, Action Inquiry, Self-refl ective

Inquiry, and Mapping the Varieties of Action Research 18. Action Science and Organizational Learning 19. Action Research, Higher Education, and Democracy 20. Educating Action Researchers 21. Action Research, Participation, and Democratization

Paperback: $46.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2597-62007, 320 pages

Handbook of Action ResearchConcise Paperback Edition

Edited by

Peter ReasonUniversity of Bath, U.K.Hilary BradburyUniversity of Southern California

This student edition has been structured to provide an easy inroad into the fi eld for researchers and students. It includes concise chapter summaries and an informative introduction that draws together the different strands of action research and reveals their diverse applications as well as their interrela-tions.

Contributors Include: Peter Reason, Hilary Bradbury, Bjorn Gustavsen, Orlando Fals Borda, William Pasmore, Ella Edmondson Bell, Patricia Maguire, John Gaventa, Andrea Cornwall, Peter Park, Stephen Kemmis, John Rowan, Robert Louis Flood, Victor J. Friedman, John Heron, James D. Ludema, David .L Cooperrider, Frank J. Barrett, Ann W. Martin, Jim Mienczakowski, Stephen Morgan, Edgar H. Schein, Peter Senge, Otto Scharmer, William R. Torbert, Mark Baldwin, Penny A. Barrett, Gloria Bravette, Rupert F. Chisholm, Helen M. Lewis, M. Brinton Lykes, Joe McDonagh, David Coghlan, Marja-Liisa Swantz, Elizabeth Ndedya, Mwajuma Saiddy Masaiganah, Bessa Whitmore, Colette McKee, Jenny W. Rudolph, Steven S. Taylor, Erica Gabrielle Foldy, Judi Marshall, and Yoland Wadsworth

Paperback: $56.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2030-82006, 400 pages

All You Need To Know About Action ResearchJean McNiffIndependent ConsultantJack WhiteheadUniversity of Bath, U.K.

In All You Need to Know About Action Research, leading practitioners Jean McNiff and Jack Whitehead are your guides to a vast and fast-moving fi eld. They pro-

vide a brilliantly written and easy-to-follow introduction to action research that will be essential reading for students, practitioners and seasoned researchers alike.

CONTENTS: PART I: WHAT DO I NEED TO KNOW?

PART II: WHY DO I NEED TO KNOW?

PART III: HOW DO I FIND OUT?

PART IV: HOW DO I GENERATE EVIDENCE TO SUPPORT MY CLAIM TO KNOWLEDGE?

PART V: HOW DO I TEST AND CRITIQUE MY KNOWLEDGE?

PART VI: HOW DO I REPRESENT AND DISSEMINATE MY KNOWLEDGE?

PART VII: HOW DO I SHOW THE SIGNIFICANCE OF MY KNOWLEDGE?

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0806-12006, 280 pages

Action Research

Page 28: 08_researchmethods

26

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Participatory Action Research for Educational LeadershipUsing Data-Driven Decision Making to Improve SchoolsE. Alana JamesJones International UniversityMargaret T. MilenkiewiczAlan BucknamNotchcode Creative

Authors E. Alana James, Margaret T. Milenkiewicz, and Alan Bucknam provide a readable overview of the PAR process similar to professional learning communi-ties in schools. This fresh approach to participatory action research fully integrates process with research methodology. The book’s design reaches out to visual learners with graphic elements while employing a research logic model that helps ensure rig-orous research methodology.

CONTENTS:1. The Participatory Action Research Model 2. The Tenets of PAR: Ethics, Purpose, and Logic 3. Starting to Research 4. Qualitative Data Collection 5. Qualitative Analysis 6. Quantitative Evidence 7. Taking and Measuring Action 8. Cycles of PAR: The Power of the Iterative Process 9. Final Analysis and Results 10. The Final Report 11. PAR for Educational Leadership

Paperback: $37.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3777-12008, 248 pages

Action Research in the ClassroomVivienne Baumfi eldInstitute of Education University of London, U.K.Elaine HallUniversity of Newcastle upon Tyne, U.K.

This is an essential text for any teacher or student-teacher interested in doing re-search in the classroom. The authors map out an easy-to-follow action research ap-proach that will help teachers improve on their own professional practice and evalu-ate the needs of their own pupils and schools for themselves.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Action Research and Professional Enquiry 3. Deciding on a Research(able) Question and Choosing Complementary Research Tools4. Collecting Data from Pupils 5. Collecting Data from Teachers 6. Collecting Data from Parents and Other Adults 7. Interpreting Your Data 8. Sharing Your Findings 9. Moving Forward 10. Classroom Enquiry and Professional Development

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3040-6March 2008, 168 pages

The Action Research DissertationA Guide for Students and FacultyKathryn HerrMontclair State UniversityGary L. AndersonNew York University

The Action Research Dissertation: A Guide for Stu-dents and Faculty provides an accessible roadmap that

honors the complexity of action research. It will show that action research is appro-priate not only for a dissertation, but also a deeply rewarding experience for both the researcher and participants.

CONTENTS: 1. Forward Pat Maguire 2. Introduction: What is an Action Research Dissertation? 3. Action Research Traditions and Knowledge Interests 4. The Continuum of Positionality in Action Research 5. Insider: Researcher Studies Own Self/Practice 6. Quality Criteria for Action Research: An Ongoing Conversation 7. Designing the Plane While Flying it: Proposing and Doing the Dissertation 8. What does a Participatory Action Research Dissertation look like? 9. Action Research, Ethics, and the Institutional Review Board 10. Final Thoughts

Paperback: $34.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2991-82005, 176 pages

Participatory Action ResearchAlice McIntyreHellenic College

Participatory Action Research introduces a method that is ideal for researchers who are committed to co-developing research programs with people rather than for people. The book provides a history of PAR, its various strands, and the underlying tenets that guide most PAR

projects. The reader is exposed to how differently PAR is carried out depending on, for example, the issue under investigation, the site of the PAR project, the project participants, peoples access to resources, and other related issues.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Participatory Action Research 3. Participation: What It Means, How It Works 4. Action and Change in Participatory Action Research 5. What Constitutes ‘Research’ in Participatory Action Research? 6. Concluding Refl ections7. References

Paperback: $18.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5366-52007, 104 pages

Doing Action Research in Your Own OrganizationSECOND EDITIONDavid CoghlanUniversity of Dublin, IrelandTeresa BrannickThe Michael Smurfi t Graduate School of Business

Paperback: $42.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0247-22004, 176 pages

Action Research

Page 29: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

27Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Case Study Research

Case Study ResearchDesign and Methods

THIRD EDITIONRobert K. YinCOSMOS Corporation

Robert Yin’s comprehensive presentation covers all as-pects of the case study method—from problem defi nition, design, and data collection, to data analysis and compo-sition and reporting.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Designing Case Studies 3. Conducting Case Studies: Preparing for Data Collection 4. Conducting Case Studies: Collecting the Evidence 5. Analyzing Case Study Evidence 6. Reporting Case Studies

Paperback: $38.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2553-82002, 200 pages

Applications of Case Study ResearchSECOND EDITIONRobert K YinCOSMOS Corporation

This text will prove invaluable to all who employ case studies in a wide variety of disciplines.

CONTENTS: 1. Theory 2. The Role of Theory in Doing Case Studies 3. Descriptive Case Studies 4. A Case Study of a Neighborhood Organization 5. Computer Implementation in a Local School System 6. Explanatory Case Studies 7. A Nutshell Example8. Essential Ingredients of Explanatory Case Studies: Three Drug Prevention Examples 9. “Transforming” a Business Firm Through Strategic Planning 10. Sheriff’s Combined Auto Theft Task Force 11. Cross-Case Analyses 12. Technical Assistance for HIV/AIDS Community Planning 13. Proposal Processing by Public and Private Universities 14. Case Studies of Transformed Firms

Paperback: $37.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2551-42002, 192 pages

The Art of Case Study ResearchRobert E. StakeUniversity of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

Paperback: $51.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-5767-11995, 192 pages

Narrative Methods

Narrative Methods for the Human SciencesCatherine Kohler RiessmanBoston College

Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences provides a lively overview of research based on constructing and interpreting narrative. Designed to improve research practice, it provides a detailed discussion of four analytic methods that students can adapt.

Key Features

Focuses on four particular methods of narrative analysis

Offers guidance for narrative interviewing

Presents arguments about validation in case-based research

Explores the differences between grounded theory methods and narrative analysis

Presents social linguistic methods for analyzing oral narrative

Employs visual methods of analysis

CONTENTS: 1. Looking Back, Looking Forward 2. Constructing Narratives for Research 3. Thematic Analysis 4. Structural Analysis 5. Dialogic Performance Analysis 6. Visual Analysis 7. Truths and Cautions

Paperback: $34.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2998-72007, 272 pages

Doing Narrative ResearchEdited by

Molly Andrews, Corinne Squire, and Maria TamboukouUniversity of East London, U.K.

Examining narrative methods in the context of its multi-disciplinary social science origins, this text looks at its theoretical underpinnings, while retaining an emphasis on the process of doing narrative research. The authors provide a comprehensive guide to narrative methods,

taking the reader from initial decisions about forms of narrative analysis, through more complex issues of refl exivity, interpretation and the research context.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction Molly Andrews, Corinne Squire and Maria Tamboukou 2. Narratives of Events Wendy Patterson 3. Experience-Centred and Culturally-Oriented Approaches to Narrative Corinne Squire4. Analyzing Narrative Contexts Ann Phoenix 5. Looking Back on Doing Narrative Research Catherine Kohler Riessman and Phillida

Salmon 6. Never the Last Word Molly Andrews 7. A Foucauldian Approach to Narratives Maria Tamboukou 8. Narrating Sensitive Topics Margareta Hyden 9. The Public Life of Narratives Paul Gready

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1197-9June 2008, 176 pages

Case Study Research / Narrative Methods

Page 30: 08_researchmethods

28

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

EthnographyStep-by-StepDavid M. FettermanStanford University

The book provides insights into the uses of the Internet, including conducting searches about topics or sites, collecting census data, conducting interviews by “chat-ting” and video-conferencing, sharing notes and pictures about research sites, debating issues with colleagues on list servers and in online journals, and downloading use-

ful data and analysis software. Popular with readers for the friendly and accessible style of writing, this new edition will be an indispensable resource for doing ethno-graphic research.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE FIRST STEP: AN OVERVIEW

PART II: WALKING IN RHYTHM: ANTHROPOLOGICAL CONCEPTS

PART III: A WILDERNESS GUIDE: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES

PART IV: GEARING UP: ETHNOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT

PART V: FINDING YOUR WAY THROUGH THE FOREST: ANALYSIS

PART VI: RECORDING THE MIRACLE: WRITING

PART VII: WALKING SOFTLY THROUGH THE WILDERNESS: ETHICS

Paperback: $47.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-1385-61998, 176 pages

Doing EthnographyGiampietro GoboUniversity of Milan, Italy

Ethnography seeks to understand, describe, and explain the symbolic world lying beneath the social action of groups, organizations and communities. This book clearly sets out the coordinates and foundations of this increas-ingly popular methodology.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE METHODOLOGY1. What Is Ethnography? 2. Method or Methodology? Locating Ethnography in the Methodological Landscape 3. Ethnographic Methodology 4. New Ethnographic Styles 5. Designing Research 6. Managing the Project

PART II: COLLECTING MATERIALS 7. Entering the Field 8. Research Ethical Dilemmas 9. Observing 10. What To Observe 11. The Ethnographic Interview 12. Crafting Ethnographic Records

PART III: ANALYZING MATERIALS 13. Analyzing Ethnographic Records 14. Politics of Accountability

PART IV: AUDIENCES 15. Communicating Findings, Writing Ethnographies 16. Leaving the Field 17. The ‘Observation Society’ and the Applied Ethnography

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1921-0May 2008, 192 pages

Ethnography

Handbook of EthnographyEdited by

Paul Atkinson, Sara Delamont, and Amanda Coffey

Cardiff University, U.K.John Lofl andUniversity of California, DavisLyn Lofl andUniversity of California, Davis

This Handbook provides an unparalleled critical guide to its principles and practice. The Handbook provides readers with a one-stop critical guide to the past, present and future of ethnography.

Contributors Include: Mary Jo Deegan, Paul Rock, James D. Faubion, Sharon Macdonald, Lodewijk Brunt, Liz Stanley, Julie Marcus, Melvin Pollner, Robert M. Emerson, Ilja Maso, Peter K. Manning, Kathy Charmaz, Richard G. Mitchell, Michael Bloor, Tuula Gordon, Janet Holland, Elina Lahelma, Dick Hobbs, Vicki Smith, David Hess, Allison James, Christopher Tilley, Joost van Loon, Elizabeth Keating, Mike Ball, Greg Smith Christopher Wellin, Gary Alan Fine, Elizabeth Murphy, Robert Dingwall, Robert M. Emerson, Rachel I. Fretz, Linda L. Shaw, Barbara Sherman Heyl, Martin Cortazzi, Ken Plummer, Deborah Reed-Danahay, Beverley Skeggs, Jonathan Spencer, Nigel Fielding, Jim Mienczakowski, and Patti Lather

Paperback: $59.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4606-32007, 528 pages

Doing EthnographiesMike CrangUniversity of Durham, U.K.Ian CookExeter University, U.K.

Doing Ethnographies is an introductory and applied guide to ethnographic methods. It focuses on those methods - participant observation, interviewing, focus groups, and video/photographic work - that allow us to understand the lived, everyday world ‘out there.’ This is a

guide to the issues and methods which have to be considered when doing an eth-nography.

CONTENTS: PART I: GETTING READY 1. Conceptualizing the Subject 2. Preparing for Fieldwork

PART II: CONSTRUCTING ETHNOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 3. Participant Observation 4. Interviewing 5. Focus Groups 6. Filmic Approaches

PART III: PULLING IT TOGETHER 7. Analyzing Field Materials 8. Writing Through Materials 9. Go Forth and Do...?

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4446-12007, 256 pages

Ethnography

Page 31: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

29Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Focus GroupsTheory and Practice

SECOND EDITIONDavid W. StewartUniversity of Southern CaliforniaPrem N. ShamdasaniNational University of SingaporeDennis W. RookUniversity of Southern California

Focus Groups: Theory and Practice, Second Edition provides a systematic treat-ment of the design, conduct, and interpretation of focus group discussions within the context of social science research and theory. The book examines every facet of focus group research, from selection and recruitment of group participants, to the selection of a moderator, to conduct of the interviews, through the analysis of focus group data.Also included are discussions on designing the interview guide, the im-portance and infl uence of group composition, the art of conducting the focus group, and the characteristics of effective moderators. The book is intended as a useful guide for research practitioners and as a supplementary text for research courses in psychology, sociology, political science, organization studies, marketing, public health, communications, education and social work.

Key Features:

Coverage of the use of new technologies in focus group research

New focus on global research instructional aids such as a chapter summary, review questions, and practical skill-building exercises in each chapter

A new chapter that provides a historical perspective on the development of focus groups including their roots in early group therapy research new, updated examples of the uses of focus groups

A discussion of the use of information technology for conducing groups on-line and by video-conference

New methods for the analysis of focus group data

CONTENTS:1. Introduction: Focus Group History, Theory and Practice 2. Group Dynamics and Focus Group Research 3. Focus Groups and the Research Toolbox 4. Recruiting Focus Group Participant and Designing the Interview Guide 5. The Focus Group Moderator 6. Conducting the Focus Group 7. Analyzing Focus Group Data 8. Focus Group in Practice 9. Other Group Methods 10. Conclusion

Paperback: $41.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2583-52007, 200 pages

Focus GroupsA Practical Guide for Applied Research

THIRD EDITIONRichard A. KruegerUniversity of Minnesota, St. PaulMary Anne CaseyConsultant

This highly acclaimed book in its Third Edition includes vignettes drawn from small and large focus groups,

designing questions for asking effective questions to draw out a group and how to refi ne them based on the group’s responses, how to more effectively budget for a focus group and how to more effectively use existing software packages to code and analyze the results of a focus group.

CONTENTS: 1. Overview of Focus Groups 2. Planning the Focus Group Study 3. Developing a Questioning Route 4. Participants in a Focus Group 5. Moderating Skills 6. Analyzing Focus Group Results 7. Reporting 8. Styles of Focus Group Research 9. Adapting Focus Groups to Audiences and Environments 10. Modifi cations of Focus Groups 11. Answering Questions about the Quality of Focus Group Research

Paperback: $53.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2071-72000, 320 pages

Focus Groups as Qualitative ResearchDavid L. MorganPortland State University

David L. Morgan has extensively revised and updated his best-selling Focus Groups as Qualitative Research, providing an excellent guide for researchers in every dis-cipline. This best-selling research guide concludes with future directions and references that take into account

the explosive growth in focus groups as a research tool for all social scientists.

CONTENTS: 1. Focus Groups as Qualitative Method 2. The Uses of Focus Groups 3. Planning and Research Design for Focus Groups 4. Conducting and Analyzing Focus Groups 5. Additional Possibilities

Paperback: $19.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-0343-71996, 88 pages

Focus Groups

Page 32: 08_researchmethods

30

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Designing & Conducting Mixed Methods Research + The Mixed Methods Reader (bundle)John W. CreswellUniversity of Nebraska-LincolnVicki L. Plano ClarkUniversity of Nebraska-Lincoln

Bundle: $76.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-6022-9

Advances in Mixed Methods ResearchTheories and Applications

Edited by

Manfred Max BergmanUniversity of Basel, Switzerland

Illuminating new ways of conceptualizing and conducting empirical research in the social sciences and humani-ties, this book contains contributions from some of the

world’s leading experts on qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. The contributions cover all of the main practical and methodological issues and rep-resent a number of different visions of what mixed methods research is and where it is going.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE THEORY OF MIXED METHODS DESIGN PART II: APPLICATIONS IN MIXED METHODS DESIGN

Paperback: $42.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4809-8June 2008, 272 pages

Mixed MethodologyCombining Qualitative and Quantitative ApproachesAbbas TashakkoriFlorida International UniversityCharles TeddlieLouisiana State University, Baton Rouge

Mixed Methodology explains the differences between using mixed methods in only the research methodol-

ogy portion of a study versus using mixed model studies across all phases of the research process, and then presents a typology of mixed methods and mixed model studies.

CONTENTS:PART I: PARADIGMS AND POLITICS OF RESEARCH PART II: METHODS AND STRATEGIES OF RESEARCH PART III: APPLICATIONS, EXAMPLES AND FUTURE DIRECTION OF MIXED MODEL RESEARCH

Paperback: $47.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-0071-91998, 200 pages

Mixed Methods

Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods ResearchJohn W. Creswell and Vicki L. Plano ClarkUniversity of Nebraska-Lincoln

This text combines the latest thinking about mixed methods research designs with practical, step-by-step guidelines.

CONTENTS: 1. Understanding Mixed Methods Research 2. Examining Preliminary Considerations 3. Locating and Reviewing Mixed Methods Studies 4. Choosing a Mixed Methods Design 5. Introducing a Mixed Methods Study 6. Collecting Data in Mixed Methods Research 7. Analyzing Data in Mixed Methods Research 8. Writing and Evaluating Mixed Methods Research 9. Questions Often Raised About Mixed Methods Research 10. Future Directions for Mixed Methods Research

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2792-52007, 296 pages

The Mixed Methods ReaderEdited by

Vicki L. Plano Clark and John W. CreswellUniversity of Nebraska-Lincoln

The Mixed Methods Reader offers students and researchers a rich balance of foundational works and exemplary.

CONTENTS: PART I. METHODOLOGICAL SELECTIONS 1. The Evolution of Mixed Methods Research 2. Pragmatism as a Philosophical Foundation for Mixed Methods Research3. The Transformative-Emancipatory Perspective as a Philosophical Foundation for Mixed

Methods Research 4. Triangulation as the First Mixed Methods Design 5. Identifying the Purposes for Mixed Methods Designs 6. A Notation System for Mixed Methods Designs 7. An Expanded Typology for Classifying Mixed Methods Research Into Designs 8. Different Sampling Techniques for Mixed Methods Studies 9. Data Analysis Strategies in Mixed Methods Research 10. Expanding the Reasons for Conducting Mixed Methods Research 11. Types of Legitimation (Validity) in Mixed Methods Research 12. Powerful Rhetorical Devices Used in Writing Mixed Methods Research13. An Improved Role for Qualitative Research in Mixed Methods 14. An Alternative to Reconciling the Different Realities of Qualitative and Quantitative

Research

PART II. EXEMPLAR RESEARCH STUDIES 15. A Concurrent/Triangulation Mixed Methods Design With Merged Results 16. A Concurrent/Triangulation Mixed Methods Design With Data Transformation 17. An Embedded Experimental Before-Intervention Mixed Methods Design 18. An Embedded Experimental During-Intervention Mixed Methods Design 19. An Embedded Experimental After-Intervention Mixed Methods Design 20. A Sequential Explanatory Mixed Methods Design to Explain Findings 21. A Sequential Explanatory Mixed Methods Design With Participant Selection22. A Sequential Exploratory Mixed Methods Design With Instrument Development 23. A Sequential Exploratory Mixed Methods Design to Generate and Test a Model

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5145-62007, 632 pages

Mixed Methods

Page 33: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

31Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Both practical and theoretical, the Fourth Edition of the bestselling Utilization-Focused Evaluation shows how to conduct program evaluations and why to conduct them in the manner prescribed. This entirely rewritten edition offers readers a full-fl edged evaluation text

from identifying primary users of an evaluation to focusing the evaluation, making methods decisions, analyzing data, and presenting fi ndings. Each chapter reviews the relevant literature and actual case examples to illustrate major points. Author Michael Quinn Patton also offers a defi nite point of view developed from observing much of what has passed for program evaluation that has not been very useful.

Patton presents substantial updates to refl ect new developments in the fi eld and cutting-edge issues.

Key Features of the Fourth Edition

• Provides thoroughly updated materials: all chapters have updated references, new exhibits and sidebars, and new examples and stories—and most have new cartoons.

• Offers new developments in stakeholder analysis

• Includes a utilization-focused checklist

• Gives greater emphasis on mixed methods

• Increased emphasis on accountability in the federal government with such programs as No Child Left Behind

• Details the explosion of international evaluation

• Contains updated web references, examples, and citations

Utilization-Focused EvaluationFOURTH EDITION

Michael Quinn PattonUtilization-Focused Evaluation, Saint Paul, MN

Order Online forFastest Delivery!

Paperback: $64.95ISBN: 978-1-4129-5861-5

June 2008, 1037 pages

CONTENTS

PART I: TOWARD MORE USEFUL EVALUATIONS 1. Evaluation Use: Both Challenge and Mandate 2. What is Utilization-Focused Evaluation? How Do You Get Started? 3. Fostering Intended Use by Intended Users: The Personal Factor 4. Intended Uses of Findings 5. Intended Process Use: Impacts of Evaluative Thinking and Experiences PART II: FOCUSING EVALUATIONS: CHOICES, OPTIONS AND DECISIONS 6. Situational Evaluation: Being Active-Reactive-Interactive-Adaptive 7. Focusing on Outcomes: Beyond the Goals Clarifi cation Game 8. Evaluation Focus Options: Developmental Evaluation and Other Alternatives 9. Implementation Evaluation: What Happened in the Program? 10. Conceptualizing the Intervention: Alternatives for Evaluating Theories of Change PART III: APPROPRIATE METHODS 11. Evaluations Worth Using: Utilization-Focused Methods Decisions 12. The Paradigms Debate and a Utilization-Focused Synthesis 13. The Meanings And Reporting Of Evaluation Findings: Analysis, Interpretation, Judgment, and Recommendations PART IV: REALITIES AND PRACTICALITIES OF UTILIZATION-FOCUSED EVALUATION 14. Power, Politics, and Ethics 15. Utilization-Focused Evaluation: Process and Premises

Evaluation

Page 34: 08_researchmethods

32

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Qualitative Research & Evaluation MethodsTHIRD EDITION Michael Quinn PattonUtilization-Focused Evaluation, Saint Paul, MN

The book that has been a resource and training tool for countless applied researchers, evaluators, and gradu-ate students has been completely revised with hundreds of new examples and stories illuminating all aspects of qualitative inquiry.

CONTENTS:PART I. CONCEPTUAL ISSUES IN QUALITATIVE INQUIRY 1. The Nature of Qualitative Inquiry 2. Strategic Themes in Qualitative Inquiry 3. Variety in Qualitative Inquiry: Theoretical Orientations 4. Particularly Appropriate Qualitative Applications

PART II. QUALITATIVE DESIGNS AND DATA COLLECTION 5. Designing Qualitative Studies 6. Fieldwork Strategies and Observation Methods 7. Qualitative Interviewing

PART III. ANALYSIS, INTERPRETATION AND REPORTING 8. Qualitative Analysis and Interpretation 9. Enhancing the Quality and Credibility of Qualitative Analysis

Paperback, $96.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-1971-12002, 688 pages

Reframing Evaluation Through Appreciative InquiryHallie PreskillClaremont Graduate UniversityTessie Tzavaras CatsambasEn Compass LLC

This is the fi rst book to introduce the application of Ap-preciative Inquiry (AI), an approach for organizational

development and change, to the practice of evaluation. The authors lay out the theo-retical foundation of AI and build a bridge between the theory and practice of apply-ing AI to evaluation.

CONTENTS: 1. Introducing Appreciative Inquiry 2. Using Appreciative Inquiry in Evaluation Practice 3. Focusing the Evaluation Using Appreciative Inquiry 4. Designing and Conducting Interviews and Surveys Using Appreciative Inquiry 5. Using Appreciative Inquiry to Develop Evaluation Systems 6. Building Evaluation Capacity Through Appreciative Inquiry

Paperback: $35.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0951-82006, 192 pages

Concept Mapping for Planning and EvaluationMary KaneConcept Systems, Inc.William M. K. TrochimCornell University

This is a thorough, accessible guide to concept mapping for social or organizational researchers in any context. The volume describes the history of structured conceptu-

alization—a most useful form of concept mapping.

CONTENTS: 1. An Introduction to Concept Mapping 2. Preparing for Concept Mapping 3. Generating the Ideas 4. Structuring the Statements 5. Concept Mapping Analysis 6. Interpreting the Maps 7. Using Concept Mapping in Planning 8. Using Concept Mapping in Evaluation 9. Mapping the Future

Paperback: $33.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4028-32007, 216 pages

RealWorld EvaluationWorking Under Budget, Time, Data, and Political ConstraintsMichael BambergerIndependent ConsultantJim RughCARE InternationalLinda MabryWashington State University, Vancouver

RealWorld Evaluation is the only textbook that provides specifi c guidance on how to conduct evaluations when working under resource and/or data constraints. The authors illustrate options for addressing each constraint through practical examples from both developed and developing countries.

CONTENTS: PART I. OVERVIEW: REALWORLD EVALUATION 1. RealWorld Evaluation and the Contexts in Which It Is Used

PART II. THE SEVEN STEPS OF THE REALWORLD EVALUATION APPROACH2. First clarify the purpose: Scoping the evaluation 3. Not enough money: Addressing budget constraints 4. Not enough time: Addressing scheduling and other time constraints 5. Critical information is missing or diffi cult to collect6. Reconciling different priorities and perspectives7. Strengthening the evaluation design and the validity of the conclusions 8. Making it useful: Helping clients and other stakeholders utilize the evaluation

PART III. A REVIEW OF EVALUATION METHODS AND APPROACHES AND THEIR APPLICATIONS IN REALWORLD EVALUATION 9. Applications of program theory in RealWorld evaluation 10. The Most Widely-Used RealWorld Quantitative Evaluation Designs 11. Quantitative evaluation methods 12. Qualitative evaluation methods 13. Mixed-method evaluation 14. Sampling for RealWorld Evaluation

PART IV. PULLING IT ALL TOGETHER 15. Learning together: Building Capacity For RealWorld Evaluation 16. Bringing it all together

Paperback: $50.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0946-42006, 504 pages

Evaluation

Page 35: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

33Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Evaluation Methodology BasicsThe Nuts and Bolts of Sound EvaluationE. Jane DavidsonDavidson Consulting Limited, New Zealand

Evaluation Methodology Basics provides a step-by-step guide for doing a real evaluation. Jane Davidson explains how to combine a mix of qualitative and quan-titative data with “relevant values” to draw explicitly

evaluative conclusions. The book delves into how to combine a mix of qualitative and quantitative data with “relevant values” (such as needs) to draw explicitly evaluative conclusions. Davidson discusses how to systematically and transparently pull togeth-er all of the strengths and weaknesses that one uncovers to answer the fundamental evaluation question(s) for the client and other right-to-know audiences.

CONTENTS: 1. What is Evaluation? 2. Defi ning the Purpose of the Evaluation 3. Identifying Evaluative Criteria 4. Organizing the Criteria & Identifying Potential Sources of Evidence 5. Dealing With the Causation Issue 6. “Values” in Evaluation 7. Determining Importance 8. The Merit Determination Step 9. Synthesis Methodology 10. Putting it All Together 11. Meta-Evaluation 12. Answers to Selected Exercises 13. Sample Exam Questions

Paperback: $43.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2930-72005, 280 pages

EvaluationA Systematic Approach

SEVENTH EDITIONPeter H. RossiUniversity of MassachusettsMark W. LipseyVanderbilt Institute for Public Policy StudiesHoward E FreemanUniversity of California, Los Angeles

In this completely revised Seventh Edition, the authors include the latest techniques and approaches to evaluation as well as guidelines to tailor evaluations to fi t pro-grams and social contexts. The text provides scores of actual examples of how evalu-ators have dealt with critical evaluation issues. The authors draw upon their decades of hands-on experience in conducting evaluations. The book is written clearly, with all key concepts defi ned and summarized in a glossary that can serve as a reference.

CONTENTS: 1. An Overview of Program Evaluation 2. Tailoring Evaluations 3. Identifying Issues and Formulating Questions 4. Assessing the Need for a Program 5. Expressing and Assessing Program Theory 6. Assessing and Monitoring Program Process 7. Measuring and Monitoring Program Outcomes 8. Assessing Program Impact: Randomized Field Experiments 9. Assessing Program Impact: Alternative Designs 10. Detecting, Interpreting, and Analyzing Program Effects 11. Measuring Effi ciency 12. The Social Context of Evaluation

Hardcover: $89.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-0894-42004, 480 pages

Program Evaluation and Performance MeasurementAn Introduction to PracticeJames C. McDavidUniversity of Victoria, CanadaLaura R. L. Hawthorn

Program Evaluation and Performance Measure-ment: An Introduction to Practice offers a conceptual, as well as practical, introduction to program evalua-

tion and performance measurement for public and non-profi t organizations. This introductory text discusses topics in a detailed fashion, making it a useful guide for practitioners who are constructing and implementing performance measurement systems, as well as for students. The book guides readers through conducting quan-titative and qualitative program evaluations and needs assessments, as well as con-structing and implementing performance measurement systems.

CONTENTS: 1. Key Concepts And Issues In Program Evaluation And Performance Measurement 2. Understanding And Applying Program Logic Models 3. Research Designs For Program Evaluations 4. Measurement In Program Evaluation 5. Applying Qualitative Evaluation Methods 6. Assessing The Need For Programs 7. Concepts And Issues In Economic Evaluation 8. Performance Measurement As An Approach To Evaluation 9. Design And Implementation Of Performance Measurement Systems 10. Using And Sustaining Performance Measurement Systems 11. Program Evaluation And Program Management: Joining Theory And Practice 12. The Nature And Practice Of Professional Judgment In Program Evaluation

Paperback: $66.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0668-52006, 496 pages

Planning and Conducting Needs AssessmentsA Practical GuideBelle Ruth WitkinUniversity of WashingtonJames W. AltschuldOhio State University

The authors fi rst introduce a three-phase model - preassessment, assessment, and postassessment - to clarify the distinctions between the needs of primary service recipients and the people and resources that exist. They go on to describe methods appropriate for gathering data for assessing needs and for causal analysis. The pre-sentation of the framework, the coverage of several approaches for analyzing data, the balanced description of qualitative and quantitative methodologies and the mul-tiple case studies and

CONTENTS: PART I: PLANNING AND MANAGING THE NEEDS ASSESSMENT 1. A Three-Phase Model of Needs Assessment 2. Phase 1 - Preassessment 3. Phase 2 - Assessment 4. Phase 3 - Postassessment

PART II: METHODS FOR CONDUCTING A NEEDS ASSESSMENT 5. Records and Social Indicators 6. Surveys, Interviews, and the Critical Incident Technique 7. Basic Group Processes 8. Specialized Survey and Group Techniques for Data Gathering and Analysis 9. Future-Oriented Needs Assessment Procedures 10. Causal Analysis

Paperback: $68.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-5810-41995, 328 pages

Evaluation

Page 36: 08_researchmethods

34

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

The Program Evaluation StandardsHow to Assess Evaluations of Educational ProgramsJames R. SandersWestern Michigan UniversityThe Joint Committee on Standards for Educational Evaluation

Aimed at providing a guide for evaluating education-al and training programs, projects, and materials in a variety of settings, these 30 standards were compiled by the Joint Committee from knowledge gained from the professional literature as well as from years of experience by educators and evalua-tion specialists. Each standard is accompanied by an overview of intent, guidelines for application, common errors, and one or more case illustrations of the standard’s application.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Applying the Standards 3. The Standards 4. Utility Standards 5. Feasibility Standards 6. Propriety Standards 7. Accuracy Standards

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-5732-91994, 240 pages

Practical Program EvaluationAssessing and Improving Planning, Implementation, and EffectivenessHuey-Tsyh ChenUniversity of Alabama, Birmingham

Practical Program Evaluation introduces students to the real world of evaluation, focusing on issues that arise in professional practice. Author Huey T. Chen concen-trates on the steps vital to program evaluation: system-

atically identifying stakeholder needs, selecting evaluation options best suited to particular needs and reconciling any necessary tradeoffs, and turning the decisions into action.

CONTENTS: PART I: INTRODUCTION 1. Fundamentals for Practicing Program Evaluation 2. A Conceptual Framework of Program Theory for Practitioners 3. A Practical Evaluation Taxonomy: Selecting the Evaluation Approach That Works

PART II: PROGRAM EVALUATION TO HELP STAKEHOLDERS PLAN INTERVENTION PROGRAMS 4. Assisting Stakeholders as They Formulate Program Rationales 5. How Evaluators Assist Stakeholders in Developing Program Plans

PART III: EVALUATING IMPLEMENTATION 6. Development-Oriented Evaluation Tailored for the Initial Implementation 7. Assessing Implementation in the Mature Implementation Stage

PART IV: PROGRAM MONITORING AND OUTCOME EVALUATION 8. Monitoring the Progress of a Program 9. Evaluating Outcomes: Effi cacy Evaluation and Effectiveness Evaluation 10. Theory-Driven Outcome Evaluation 11. Looking Forward

Paperback: $43.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-0233-12005, 304 pages

Research Methods in Business and Marketing

Organizational EthnographyDaniel NeylandOxford University, U.K.

Organizational Ethnography takes readers through the practical history of ethnography from its anthropologi-cal origins through to its use in an ever-widening variety of organizational, academic, and business contexts. The book is highly practical and incorporates a range of case studies, illustrating organizational ethnography at work.

CONTENTS: 1. Sensibility One 2. Sensibility Two 3. Sensibility Three 4. Sensibility Four 5. Sensibility Five 6. Sensibility Six 7. Sensibility Seven 8. Sensibility Eight 9. Sensibility Nine 10. Sensibility Ten

Paperback: $45.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2343-92007, 192 pages

LeadershipTheory and Practice

FOURTH EDITIONPeter G. NorthouseWestern Michigan University

Heartened by the positive response to previous editions of Leadership: Theory and Practice, this Fourth Edi-tion is written with the same objective to bridge the gap between the often simplistic popular approaches to lead-

ership and the more abstract theoretical approaches. This text examines the latest research on culture, the dimensions of culture, and how culture affects the leader-ship process in a new chapter titled “Culture and Leadership”.

CONTENTS:1. Introduction 2. Trait Approach 3. Skills Approach 4. Style Approach 5. Situational Approach 6. Contingency Theory 7. Path-Goal Theory 8. Leader-Member Exchange Theory 9. Transformational Leadership 10. Team Leadership - Susan E. Kogler Hill 11. Psychodynamic Approach - Ernest L. Stech 12. Women and Leadership - Crystal Hoyt 13. Culture and Leadership 14. Leadership Ethics

Paperback: $56.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4161-7Instructor’s Resource CD, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5148-72007, 416 pages

Evaluation / Research Methods in Business and Marketing

Page 37: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

35Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Research Methods in Communication

Critical Communication PedagogyDeanna L. FassettSan José State UniversityJohn T. WarrenSouthern Illinois University, Carbondale

Critical Communication Pedagogy is a poetic work that charts paradigmatic tensions in instructional com-munication research, articulates commitments underpin-

ning critical communication pedagogy, and invites readers into self-refl ection on their experiences as researchers, students, and teachers. The book identifi es the commitments that undergird critical work that addresses communication and edu-cation.

CONTENTS: 1. Critical Communication Pedagogy: Shifting Paradigms 2. Naming a Critical Communication Pedagogy 3. Critical Communication Pedagogy in the Classroom 4. Writing, Researching, and Living: Critical Communication Pedagogy as Refl exivity 5. Compromise and Commitment: Critical Communication Pedagogy as Praxis 6. Nurturing Tension: Sustaining Hopeful Critical Communication Pedagogy

Paperback: $33.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1626-42007, 216 pages

Critical EthnographyMethod, Ethics, and PerformanceD. Soyini MadisonUniversity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

Critical Ethnography presents a fresh new look at criti-cal ethnography by emphasizing the signifi cance of eth-ics and performance in the art and politics of fi eldwork. The book explores an ethics of ethnography while illus-trating the relevance of performance ethnography across disciplinary boundaries. Theoretical concepts range from

queer theory, feminist theory, and critical race theory to Marxism and phenomenol-ogy. The methodological techniques range from designing and asking in-depth in-terview questions and developing rapport to coding and interpreting data.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Critical Ethnography: Theory and Method 2. Methods: “Do I Really Need a Method?” A Method ... or Deep Hanging-Out 3. Three Stories: Case Studies in Critical Ethnography 4. Ethics 5. Methods and Ethics 6. Methods and Application: Three Case Studies in Ethical Dilemmas 7. Performance Ethnography 8. It’s Time to Write: Writing as Performance 9. The Case Studies

Paperback: $46.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2916-12005, 264 pages

Content AnalysisAn Introduction to Its Methodology

SECOND EDITIONKlaus KrippendorffUniversity of Pennsylvania

The Second Edition of Content Analysis is a defi nitive sourcebook of the history and core principles of content analysis as well as an essential resource for present and future studies. The book introduces readers to ways

of analyzing meaningful matter such as texts, images, voices – that is, data whose physical manifestations are secondary to the meanings that a particular population of people brings to them.

CONTENTS: PART I: CONCEPUTALIZING CONTENT ANALYSIS 1. History 2. Conceptual Foundation 3. Uses and Inferences

PART II: COMPONENTS OF CONTENT ANALYSES 4. The Logic of Content Analysis Designs 5. Unitizing 6. Sampling 7. Recording/Coding8. Data Languages 9. Analytical Constructs

PART III: ANALYTICAL PATHS AND EVALUATIVE TECHNIQUES 10. Analytical/Representational Techniques 11. Reliability 12. Computer Aids 13. Validity 14. A Practical Guide

Paperback: $57.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-1545-42004, 440 pages

Qualitative Communication Research MethodsSECOND EDITIONThomas R LindlofUniversity of KentuckyBryan C TaylorUniversity of Colorado

The Second Edition of Qualitative Communication Research Methods takes readers through every step

of the qualitative research process — from the research idea to the fi nished report. Unique for its coverage of the entire discipline of Communication, this text now in-cludes a new chapter on computer-mediated communication (identities, relation-ships, and communities) as well as fully updated and expanded key topics including: developing research questions, coding data, using computers in analysis, and tran-scription.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Qualitative Research 2. Theoretical Traditions and Qualitative Communication Research 3. Design I: Planning 4. Design II: Getting Started 5. Observing, Learning, and Reporting 6. Asking, Listening, and Telling 7. Qualitative Analysis and Interpretation 8. Qualitative Research and Computer Mediated Communication 9. Authoring and Writing

Paperback: $56.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2494-42002, 376 pages

Research Methods in Communication

Page 38: 08_researchmethods

36

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Research Methods in Criminology

The Practice of Research in Criminology and Criminal JusticeTHIRD EDITIONRonet BachmanUniversity of DelawareRussell K. SchuttUniversity of Massachusetts, Boston

Specifi cally designed for criminal justice courses and programs, this innovative text uniquely helps to teach research design and tech-niques within the context of substantive criminology and criminal justice issues of interest to students and the fi eld.

CONTENTS: 1. Science, Society, and Criminological Research 2. The Process and Problems of Criminological Research 3. Conceptualization and Measurement 4. Sampling 5. Causation and Research Design 6. Experimental Designs 7. Survey Research 8. Qualitative Methods 9. Qualitative Data Analysis 10. Analyzing Content: Historical, Secondary, and Content Analysis, and Crime Mapping 11. Evaluation Research in Criminology and Criminal Justice 12. Quantitative Data Analysis 13. Reporting Research Results

Paperback: $79.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5032-9Instructor’s Resource CD, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5033-62007, 616 pages

Also Available for Purchase:

The Practice of Research in Criminology and Criminal Justice with SPSS Student Version 15.0THIRD EDITION

Paperback: $104.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5479-22007, 616 pages

The Practice of Research in Criminology and Criminal Justice by Bachman and The Concise Dictionary of Crime and Justice by Davis, BundleRonet BachmanUniversity of DelawareRussell K. SchuttUniversity of Massachusetts, BostonMark S. DavisKent State University, Ohio

Bundle: $82.45, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5896-7

The Content Analysis GuidebookKimberly A. NeuendorfCleveland State University

Author Kimberly Neuendorf provides an accessible core text for upper-level undergraduates and graduate stu-dents across the social sciences. Comprising step-by-step instructions and practical advice, this text unravels the complicated aspects of content analysis.

CONTENTS: 1. Defi ning Content Analysis 2. Milestones in the History of Content Analysis 3. Beyond Description: An Integrative Model of Content Analysis 4. Message Units and Sampling 5. Variables and Predictions 6. Measurement Techniques 7. Reliability 8. Results and Reporting 9. Contexts

Paperback: $56.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-1978-02002, 308 pages

Media and Communication ResearchAn Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative ApproachesArthur Asa BergerSan Francisco State University

Combining both qualitative and quantitative research methods, this introductory text covers the topics thor-oughly and is clearly written and fun-to-read. This book

is ideal for beginning research students both at the graduate and undergraduate lev-el because it is clear, concise, and accompanied by many detailed examples.

CONTENTS: PART I: GETTING STARTED 1. What Is Research? 2. Library Searches

PART II: METHODS OF TEXTUAL ANALYSIS 3. Semiotic Analysis 4. Rhetorical Analysis 5. Ideological Criticism 6. Psychoanalytic Criticism

PART III: QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS 7. Interviews 8. Historical Analysis 9. Ethnomethodological Research 10. Participant Observation

PART IV: QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS 11. Content Analysis 12. Surveys 13. Experiments 14. A Primer on Descriptive Statistics

PART V: PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER 15. Nineteen Common Thinking Errors to Avoid 16. Writing Research Reports

Paperback: $51.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-1853-02000, 320 pages

Research Methods in Communication / Research Methods in Criminology

Page 39: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

37Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Fundamentals of Research in Criminology and Criminal JusticeRonet BachmanUniversity of DelawareRussell K. SchuttUniversity of Massachusetts, Boston

Fundamentals of Research in Criminology and Criminal Justice is a concise resource for understanding the multifaceted subject of research methods in the fi eld of criminology and criminal justice. This book uniquely helps to teach research design and techniques within the context of substantive criminology and criminal justice issues of interest to students and the fi eld. It is ideal for students who need to understand how criminal justice research is done and appreciate the results, but may never do research themselves in their professional lives.

CONTENTS: 1. Science, Society, and Criminological Research 2. The Process and Problems of Criminological Research 3. Conceptualization and Measurement 4. Sampling 5. Causation and Research Designs 6. Survey Research 7. Qualitative Methods and Data Analysis 8. Analyzing Content: Crime Mapping and Historical, Secondary, and Content Analysis 9. Evaluation and Policy Analysis 10. Quantitative Data Analysis 11. Reporting Research Results

Paperback: $54.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-6052-6March 2008, 424 pages

Adventures in Criminal Justice ResearchData Analysis for Windows® Using SPSS™Versions 11.0, 11.5, or Higher

THIRD EDITIONGeorge W. DowdallSaint Joseph’s University, PhiladelphiaKim LogioSaint Joseph’s University, Philadelphia

Earl Babbie Chapman University Fred Halley State University of New York, Brockport

Adventures in Criminal Justice Research, Third Edition is the only book that guides students through a series of investigative adventures in criminal justice re-search using current General Social Survey data and the Harvard School of Public Health College Alcohol Study. Designed as a supplementary text for both beginning and advanced students in research methods for criminology and criminal justice courses, Adventures in Criminal Justice Research may also be of interest to stu-dents in research methods courses in public administration and sociology.

CONTENTS: PART I: PREPARING FOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE RESEARCH

PART II: UNIVARIATE ANALYSIS

PART III: BIVARIATE ANALYSIS

PART IV: MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-8808-32004, 312 pages

Research Methods in Counseling and Social Work

Qualitative Methods in Social Work ResearchChallenges and Rewards

SECOND EDITIONDeborah K. PadgettNew York University

The book is popular for many reasons, including:

Simple, clear and conversational writing style

Organization of the book and how information unfolds in successive chapters

Faculty assign it from cover to cover

Contains useful appendices for practical use, including computer software for qualitative data analysis and guidelines for writing a qualitative research proposal

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5193-7June 2008, 296 pages

Designing and Managing ProgramsAn Effectiveness-Based Approach

THIRD EDITIONPeter M. KettnerProfessor Emeritus, Arizona State UniversityRobert M. MoroneyArizona State UniversityLawrence L. Martin

University of Central Florida

This new edition is written in a deliberate manner that has students following the program planning process in a logical manner. Students will learn to track one phase to the next, resulting in a solid understanding of the issues of internal consistency and planning integrity. The book’s format guides students from problem analysis through evaluation, enabling students to apply these concepts to their own program plans.

CONTENTS: PART I. ASSESSING CURRENT PRACTICES 1. Contemporary Issues in Social Service Program Planning and Administration

PART II. PROBLEM ANALYSIS/NEEDS ASSESSMENT 2. The Contribution of Theory to Program Planning 3. Understanding Social Problems 4. Needs Assessment: Theoretical Considerations 5. Needs Assessment: Approaches to Measurement

PART III: PLANNING, DESIGNING AND TRACKING THE INTERVENTION 6. Selecting the Appropriate Intervention Strategy 7. Setting Goals and Objectives 8. Designing Effective Programs 9. Using Management Information

PART IV: CALCULATING THE COSTS AND VALUE OF THE INTERVENTION 10. Budgeting for Control, Management, and Planning 11. Line-Item, Functional, and Program Budgeting Systems 12. Performance Measurement, Monitoring, and Program Evaluation: Data Requirements13. Program Impact Evaluation and Hypothesis Testing

Paperback: $47.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5195-12007, 320 pages

Research Methods in Criminology / Research Methods in Counseling and Social Work

Page 40: 08_researchmethods

38

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Counseling and Educational ResearchEvaluation and ApplicationRick HouserUniversity of Massachusetts, Boston

This textbook is written specifi cally for basic research methods courses in masters-level education and coun-seling programs. It focuses on interpretation and evalu-ation of scholarly and scientifi c research and then takes

students through the process of developing research projects. It emphasizes the importance of being a good consumer of research and attempts to teach the practi-tioner how to conduct research practically. Throughout the book are examples from the professional literature to illustrate how to interpret and evaluate research.

Paperback: $68.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-0740-41998, 280 pages

Qualitative Methods for Family Studies and Human DevelopmentKerry J. DalyUniversity of Guelph, Canada

Qualitative Methods for Family Studies and Human Development serves as a step-by-step, interdisciplinary, qualitative methods text for those working in the areas of family studies, human development, family therapy, and

family social work. Providing a systematic outline for carrying out qualitative projects from start to fi nish, author Kerry J. Daly uniquely combines epistemology, theory, and methodology into a comprehensive package illustrated with specifi c examples from family relations and human development research.

CONTENTS: 1. Qualitative Research and the Art of Learning to See 2. Epistemological Considerations in Qualitative Research 3. Paths of Inquiry for Qualitative Research 4. Ontology of the Human Realm: Theoretical Foundations for Qualitative Inquiry 5. Methodology: How Theory Shapes Inquiry 6. Methods of Data Collection and Creation 7. Research design: Constructing a Research Proposal 8. Positioning the Self: Role Considerations and the Practices of Refl exivity 9. Analytical Strategies 10. Integrity Practices: Ethics, Credibility and Politics of Conducting Qualitative Research

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1403-12007, 312 pages

Methods of Family ResearchSECOND EDITIONTheodore N. GreensteinNorth Carolina State University

This Second Edition differs from other research meth-ods texts, which focus on teaching students how to produce research, by teaching them how to consume research in a sophisticated, effective manner. Written in a clear, concise style, this book introduces the basic

concepts of social science research methods without excessive technical details. The text covers traditional quantitative methods, qualitative methods, and the mixed-method approach and uses real-life examples to address issues family researchers deal with every day.

CONTENTS: 1. Why Do Research on Families? 2. Causal Inference in Family Research 3. Searching and Reading the Literature 4. Using the Internet to Study Families 5. How Do We Measure Concepts? 6. Studying Families: Quantitative Methods 7. Studying Families: Qualitative Methods 8. Studying Families: Mixed Methods 9. Sampling Issues 10. Working With Scales and Indices 11. Analyzing Data on Families 12. Using Other People’s Data 13. Evaluating Family Programs 14. The Ethics and Politics of Family Research 15. Ethical Issues in Research on Families and Children

Paperback: $48.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1677-62006, 216 pages

Research Methods for Community ChangeA Project-Based ApproachRandy StoeckerUniversity of Toledo

Everyone is a member of a community, and every com-munity is continually changing. To successfully manage that change, community members need information. Re-search Methods for Community Change: A Project-

Based Approach is an in-depth review of all of the research methods that com-munities use to solve problems, develop their resources, and protect their identities. With an engaging, friendly style and numerous real world examples, author Randy Stoecker shows readers how to use a project-based research model in the commu-nity. Research Methods for Community Change is perfectly suited as a text for undergraduate and graduate research methods courses across the social sciences, including sociology, social work, and public health. Community service workers, professional researchers, and consultants will also fi nd this an invaluable guide to effecting change in their communities.

CONTENTS: 1. “But I Don’t Do Research” 2. The Goose Approach to Research 3. Head and Hand Together: A Project-Based Research Model 4. Diagnosing 5. Prescribing: Researching Options 6. Implementing: When Research Is the Project 7. Evaluation 8. Beyond Information: Research as an Organizational Lifestyle

Paperback: $43.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2889-82005, 288 pages

Research Methods in Counseling and Social Work

Page 41: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

39Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

The Practice of Research in Social WorkRafael J. EngelUniversity of Pittsburgh

Russell K. SchuttUniversity of Massachusetts, Boston

The Practice of Research in Social Work introduces research methods as an integrated set of techniques for investigating social work research and practice

problems. The authors use real-life data and integrate the most contemporary treat-ments of the latest developments in social work research approaches. The authors stress that the diverse populations with which one works should be considered dur-ing every step of the research process.

CONTENTS: 1. Science, Society and Social Work Research 2. The Process and Problems of Social Work Research 3. Conceptualization and Measurement 4. Sampling 5. Causation and Research Design 6. Group Experimental Designs 7. Single Subject Design 8. Survey Design 9. Qualitative Methods: Observing, Participating, Listening 10. Evaluation Research 11. Quantitative Data Analysis 12. Qualitative Data Analysis 13. Reporting Research

Paperback: $82.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1385-0Student Resource CD, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1734-62005, 576 pages

Methodology for Creating Business KnowledgeIngeman ArbnorMid Sweden University, OstersundBjorn BjerkeNational University of Singapore, Singapore

This comprehensive volume describes and compares three different methodological approaches for gaining business knowledge: the analytical approach, the systems approach, and the actor’s approach. It then examines the consequences of using each approach in various practical and theoretical situations. Techniques discussed include historical studies, case studies, dialogues, language development, collecting data, measurement, controlling reliability, and validation.

CONTENTS: 1. Methodology 2. Social Science Paradigms 3. Methodological Approaches in Business 4. The Analytical Approach 5. The Systems Approach 6. The Actors Approach 7. Methodological Procedures 8. Methods in Language 9. Methodics 10. Analytical Approach in Application 11. Systems Approach in Application 12. Actor’s Approach in Application 13. Criticism, Development, and Relative View Methodology 14. Relative View in Application 15. Knowledge Audit for Successful Business

Paperback: $85.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-0450-21997, 576 pages

Research Methods in Education

Interpreting Standardized Test ScoresStrategies for Data-Driven Instructional Decision MakingCraig A. MertlerBowling Green State University

Interpreting Standardized Test Scores is designed to help K-12 teachers and administrators understand the nature of standardized tests and, in particular, the scores that result from them.

CONTENTS: SECTION ONE: OVERVIEW OF STANDARDIZED TESTING: CONCEPTS AND TERMINOLOGY 1. What Is “Standardized” Testing? 2. The Importance of Standardized Testing 3. Standardized Test Administration and Preparation

SECTION TWO: STANDARDIZED TEST SCORES AND THEIR INTERPRETATIONS 4. Test Reports 5. Criterion-Referenced Test Scores and Their Interpretations 6. Norm-Referenced Test Scores and Their Interpretations

SECTION THREE: USING STANDARDIZED TEST SCORES IN INSTRUCTIONAL DECISION MAKING 7. Group-Level Decision Making 8. Student-Level Decision Making 9. Value-Added Analysis and Interpretation

SECTION FOUR: CASE STUDIES: INTERVIEWS WITH TEACHERS AND ADMINISTRATORS

Paperback: $34.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3719-12007, 272 pages

Qualitative Research in EducationA User’s GuideMarilyn LichtmanVirginia Tech University

Written in a conversational and engaging style, Qualita-tive Research in Education: A User’s Guide provides those new to the fi eld with a blend of practical and theo-retical information.

CONTENTS: PART I: TRADITIONS AND INFLUENCES 1. Introduction 2. An Overview of the Field 3. Insights from the Past 4. Learning How to Be a Qualitative Researcher 5. Exploring Traditions and Approaches

PART II: GATHERING, ORGANIZING AND ANALYZING 6. Embarking on Qualitative Research 7. The Role and Function of a Literature Review 8. Learning About Others Through Interviewing 9. Learning About Others Through Observing

PART III: PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER 10. Making Meaning from Your Data 11. Communicating Your Ideas 12. Judging and Evaluating 13. Self Refl exivity and Subjectivity

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3734-42006, 272 pages

Research Methods in Counseling and Social Work / Research Methods in Education

Page 42: 08_researchmethods

40

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Designing and Conducting Research in EducationClifford J. DrewUniversity of UtahMichael L. HardmanUniversity of UtahJohn L. HospFlorida State University

Designing and Conducting Research in Education is the perfect fi rst step for students who will be consuming

research as well as for those who will be actively involved in conducting research.

CONTENTS: PART I: OVERVIEW OF RESEARCH 1. The Foundations of Research 2. The Research Process 3. Ethical Issues in Conducting Research 4. Participant Selection and Assignment 5. Measures and Instruments

PART II: RESEARCH METHODS AND DESIGNS 6. Quantitative Research Methodologies 7. Designing Non-Experimental Research 8. Introduction to Qualitative Research and Mixed-Methods Design 9. Research Design Pitfalls

PART III: DATA ANALYSIS AND RESULTS INTERPRETATION 10. Statistics Choices 11. Data Tabulation 12. Descriptive Statistics 13. Inferential Statistics 14. Analyzing Qualitative Data 15. Interpreting Results

Paperback: $74.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-6074-8Instructor’s Resource CD, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5989-62008, 432 pages

Introduction to Educational ResearchA Critical Thinking ApproachW. Newton SuterUniversity of Arkansas at Little Rock

Introduction to Educational Research enables stu-dents to think clearly and critically about the scientifi c process of research. W. Newton Suter’s makes research accessible to teachers and equips them with the skills

and understanding that enable the evaluation of published research including quan-titative, qualitative, and action research. Suter emphasizes that the ability to think clearly about research methods, reason through complex problems, and evaluate published research are important in today’s changing educational landscape.

CONTENTS: PART I: FOUNDATIONS

PART II: RESEARCH AS PROCESS

PART III: DATA COLLECTION

PART IV: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS

PART V: CONSUMER TO PRODUCER

Hardcover: $72.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1390-42006, 496 pages

Research and Evaluation in Education and PsychologyIntegrating Diversity with Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Methods

SECOND EDITIONDonna M. MertensGallaudet University

Author Donna Mertens explains quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods, and incorporates the viewpoints

of various research paradigms (postpositivist, constructivist, transformative, and pragmatic) into descriptions of these methods. Special emphasis is provided for conducting research in culturally complex communities, based on the perspectives of feminists, ethnic/racial minorities, and people with disabilities. Each chapter care-fully explains a step of the research process from literature review to analysis and reporting. Additionally, sample studies and abstracts are included in each chapter to illustrate the concepts discussed in that section of the book.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Research 2. Evaluation 3. Literature Review and Research Problems 4. Experimental and Quasi-Experimental Research 5. Causal Comparative and Correlational Research 6. Survey Research 7. Single-Case Research 8. Qualitative Methods 9. History and Narrative Study of Lives 10. Mixed methods and mixed model designs 11. Sampling: Defi nition, Selection, and Ethics 12. Data Collection 13. Data Analysis, Interpretation, and Reporting

Paperback: $67.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2805-82005, 536 pages

Educational ResearchQuantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Approaches

THIRD EDITIONR. Burke JohnsonUniversity of South AlabamaLarry B. ChristensenUniversity of South Alabama

Educational Research: Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Approaches, Third Edition introduces readers

to the fundamental logic of empirical research and the sources of research ideas. Detailed descriptions guide students through the design and implementation of actual research studies with a balanced examination of quantitative, qualitative, and mixed research.

CONTENTS: PART I. INTRODUCTION

PART II. PLANNING THE RESEARCH STUDY

PART III. FOUNDATIONS OF RESEARCH

PART IV. SELECTING A RESEARCH METHOD

PART V. ANALYZING THE DATA

PART VI. WRITING THE RESEARCH REPORT

Hardcover: $84.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5456-32007, 688 pages

Research Methods in Education

Page 43: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

41Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Research Methods in Health

Researching HealthQualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods

Edited by

Mike SaksUniversity of Lincoln, U.K.Judith AllsopUniversity of Lincoln, U.K.

Researching Health covers the background to conduct-ing health research, qualitative, and quantitative methods

employed in researching health, contemporary issues such as research ethics, com-parative research and the use of mixed methods, and how to disseminate health re-search. As such, it provides the perfect package to help readers carry out their own research projects and use the research of others more effectively in their work.

CONTENTS: PART I: CONDUCTING HEALTH RESEARCH

PART II: QUALITATIVE METHODS AND HEALTH

PART III: QUANTITATIVE METHODS AND HEALTH

PART IV: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN RESEARCHING HEALTH

PART V: DISSEMINATING HEALTH RESEARCH

Paperback: $51.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0364-62007, 432 pages

Evaluation FundamentalsInsights into the Outcomes, Effectiveness, and Quality of Health Programs

SECOND EDITIONArlene FinkUniversity of California at Los Angeles

The Langley Research Institute

Now in its Second Edition, the book contains an added emphasis on outcomes, effectiveness, and quality of

evaluations. Author Arlene Fink teaches the basic concepts and vocabulary neces-sary to do program evaluations and to review the quality of evaluation research so as to make informed decisions about methods and outcomes. The book is designed for anyone concerned with understanding and objectively documenting the implemen-tation and effectiveness of programs in health settings.

CONTENTS: 1. Program Evaluation: A Prelude2. Evaluation Questions And Standards Of Effectiveness 3. Designing Program Evaluations 4. Sampling: Choosing The Number Of People Needed For Evaluating Effectiveness5. Collecting Information: The Right Data Sources 6. Evaluation Measures 7. Managing Evaluation Data 8. Analyzing Evaluation Data 9. Evaluation Reports

Paperback: $51.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-8868-72004, 280 pages

Small-Scale Evaluation in HealthA Practical GuideSinead BrophyUniversity of Wales SwanseaHelen SnooksUniversity of Wales SwanseaLesley Griffi thsUniversity of Wales, Swansea, U.K.

Setting out the basics of designing, conducting and analyzing an evaluation study in healthcare, the authors take a practical approach, assuming no previous knowledge or experience of evaluation. Cases are included throughout to demonstrate evalua-tion in action, and self-learning courses are available to give the reader an opportu-nity to develop their skills further in the methods and analysis involved in evaluation.

CONTENTS: 1. What Is an Evaluation? 2. Searching and Reviewing the Literature 3. Evaluation Design / How to Plan an Evaluation 4. Research Governance and Ethics 5. Collecting Data / Understanding Data 6. Storing Data 7. Analyzing Data 8. Interpreting the Findings 9. Writing a Report 10. An Evaluation in Detail

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3007-9April 2008, 216 pages

American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year

The Practice of Health Program EvaluationDavid GrembowskiWashington University, Seattle

Aimed at addressing this issue, The Practice of Health Program Evaluation provides readers with the methods to evaluate health programs and the expertise to navigate the political terrain so as to work more effectively with decision makers and other groups.

Paperback: $76.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-1847-92001, 344 pages

Research Methods in Health

Page 44: 08_researchmethods

42

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Research Methods in Psychology

Methods in Psychological ResearchAnnabel Ness EvansConcordia University College of AlbertaBryan J. RooneyConcordia University College of Alberta

This brief and basic introduction to research methods in psychology is presented in a relaxed style, at a moderate level of detail, and with a rich mix of pedagogy to engage

and motivate students from a variety of backgrounds and academic preparation. The authors focus on applying concepts students are learning, and they emphasize doing research with simple in-text exercises that provide a more interactive feel than found in most methods textbooks.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Research in Psychology 2. Understanding the Research Literature 3. Research In Psychology: An Ethical Enterprise 4. Hypothesis Testing, Power, and Control: A Review of the Basics 5. Measuring Variables 6. Selecting Research Participants 7. Experimental Design: Independent Groups Designs 8. Experimental Design: Dependent Groups and Mixed Groups Designs 9. Experimental Design: Single-Participant Designs/The Operant Approach 10. Finding Relationships Among Variables: Nonexperimental Research 11. Data Collection Methods 12. Program Evaluation, Archival Research, and Meta-Analytic Designs 13. Your Research Project: Analyzing, Interpreting, and Presenting Your Research 14. Communicating in Psychology

Paperback: $64.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2485-62007, 408 pages

PsychometricsAn IntroductionR. Michael FurrWake Forest UniversityVerne R. BacharachAppalachian State University

Psychometrics deals with the methods and procedures used to measure psychological, intellectual, or behavioral characteristics of people. In this text, the authors focus on conceptual understanding of psychometric issues

such as validity and reliability and on purpose rather than procedure, or on the ‘why’ rather than the ‘how to.’

CONTENTS: 1. Psychometrics and the Importance of Psychological Measurement 2. Scaling 3. Individual Differences and Correlations 4. Test Dimensionality and Factor Analysis 5. Reliability: Conceptual Basis 6. Empirical Estimates of Reliability 7. Importance of Reliability 8. Validity: The Conceptual Basis 9. Validity: Estimating and Evaluating Convergent and Discriminant Validity 10. Response Biases 11. Test Bias 12. Generalizability Theory 13. Item Response Theory and Rasch Models

Hardcover: $89.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2760-42008, 368 pages

Understanding Research Methods and Statistics in PsychologyHelen GavinUniversity of Huddersfi eld

The textbook covers basic and advanced qualitative and quantitative methods and follows a sequential structure starting from fi rst principles to advanced techniques.

CONTENTS: PART I: FIRST EXPLORATIONS

PART II: BEGINNING QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH

PART III: COMPLEX QUANTITATIVE DESIGNS

PART IV: BEGINNING QUALITATIVE RESEARCH

PART V: COMPLEX QUALITATIVE RESEARCH

PART VI: COMMUNICATION OF RESEARCH

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3442-8March 2008, 304 pages

The Psychology Research HandbookA Guide for Graduate Students and Research Assistants

SECOND EDITIONEdited by

Frederick T. L. LeongMichigan State UniversityJames T. Austin

The Ohio State University

The Second Edition of The Psychology Research Handbook offers a compre-hensive guide for understanding and conquering the entire research process.

CONTENTS: PART I: RESEARCH PLANNING

PART II: DESIGN, INSTRUMENT SELECTION OR DEVELOPMENT, & SAMPLING

PART III: DATA COLLECTION

PART IV: DATA ANALYSIS

PART V: RESEARCH WRITING

PART VI: SPECIAL TOPICS

Paperback: $61.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-3022-82006, 536 pages

Research Methods in Applied Behavior AnalysisJon S. BaileyFlorida State University School of Social WorkMary R. BurchBehavior Management Consultants, Inc.

This very practical, how-to text provides the beginning researcher with the basics of applied behavior analysis research methods.

Paperback: $70.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2556-92002, 280 pages

Research Methods in Psychology

Page 45: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

43Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Qualitative PsychologyA Practical Guide to Research Methods

SECOND EDITIONEdited by

Jonathan A. SmithUniversity of London, Birkbeck College, U.K.

Covering all the main qualitative approaches now used in psychology - the Second Edition offers readers a step-by-step guide to carrying out research using each

particular method with plenty of pedagogical advice. All chapters are written by in-ternational experts - many of them key fi gures in either the inception or development of their chosen method.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction Jonathan A Smith 2. Conceptual Foundations for Qualitative Psychology Peter Ashworth 3. Phenomenology Amedeo and Barbro Giorgi 4. Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis Jonathan A Smith and Mike Osborn 5. Grounded Theory Kathy Charmaz 6. Narrative Psychology Michael Murray 7. Conversation Analysis Paul Drew 8. Discourse Analysis Carla Willig 9. Focus Groups Sue Wilkinson 10. Co-operative Inquiry Peter Reason and Sarah Riley 11. Demonstrating Validity in Qualitative Psychology Lucy Yardley

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3084-0January 2008, 288 pages

Developmental Research MethodsTHIRD EDITIONScott A. MillerUniversity of Florida

This classic standard, now in its Third Edition, success-fully provides an overview of methods to prepare stu-dents to carry out, report on, and evaluate research on human development, with a focus on the whole lifespan.

This edition addresses some of the most currently active and important research ar-eas in developmental psychology, such as infant cognition, attachment, self-concept, theory of mind, and applied developmental science.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. General Principles 3. Design 4. Measurement 5. Procedure 6. Contexts for Research 7. Qualitative and Applied Research 8. Statistics 9. Ethics 10. Writing 11. Infancy 12. Cognitive Development 13. Social Development 14. Aging

Paperback: $64.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5029-92007, 416 pages

Standard SettingA Guide to Establishing and Evaluating Performance Standards on TestsGregory J. CizekUniversity of North Carolina, Chapel HillMichael B. BunchMeasurement Incorporated

In Standard Setting, authors Gregory J. Cizek and Mi-chael B. Bunch provide the only “go-to” reference on

how to set standards on tests in education, licensure, and certifi cation. This book is comprehensive in scope, practical in nature, and defi nitive in terms of catalogu-ing the essential conceptual and procedural fundamentals of setting performance standards.

CONTENTS: SECTION I: FUNDAMENTALS OF STANDARD SETTING

SECTION II: STANDARD SETTING METHODS

SECTION III: CHALLENGES AND FUTURE DIRECTIONS IN STANDARD SETTING

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1683-72007, 368 pages

Foundations of Psychological TestingA Practical Approach

SECOND EDITIONSandra A. McIntireRollins CollegeLeslie A. MillerRollins College

The Second Edition of Foundations of Psychological Testing: A Practical Approach is a scholarly, yet pragmatic and easy to understand text for undergraduate students new to the fi eld of psychological testing. Using an engaging, conversational format, authors Sandra A. McIntire and Leslie A. Miller aim to prepare students to be informed consumers—as test users or test takers—not to teach students to administer or interpret individual psychological tests.

CONTENTS: SECTION I: OVERVIEW OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING 1. What are Psychological Tests? 2. Why is Psychological Testing Important? 3. Is There a Right or Wrong Way to Use Psychological Tests? 4. How Does Computerized Testing Work?

SECTION II: PSYCHOMETRIC PRINCIPLES 5. How Do Test Users Interpret Test Scores? 6. What is Test Reliability? 7. What is Validity, Specifi cally Content Validity? 8. Can Tests Really Predict Future Behavior? 9. What Is Construct Validity?

SECTION III: DEVELOPING AND PILOTING SURVEYS AND PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS 10. How Do We Construct, Administer, and Use Survey Data? 11. How Do You Develop a Test? 12. How Do You Know When a Test Works?

SECTION IV: USING TESTS IN DIFFERENT SETTINGS 13. How Are Tests Used in Educational Settings? 14. How Are Tests Used in Clinical and Counseling Settings? 15. How Do Organizations Use Psychological Tests?

Hardcover: $84.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2484-92007, 648 pages

Research Methods in Psychology

Page 46: 08_researchmethods

44

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Social Statistics for a Diverse SocietyFOURTH EDITIONChava Frankfort-NachmiasUniversity of WisconsinAnna Leon-GuerreroPacifi c Lutheran University

This highly accessible bestselling text has been thor-oughly revised and introduces new social issues, includ-

ing more analysis of cultural diversity. The authors have introduced a strong global perspective by using real-life examples from the International Social Survey Program that help expand the students’ analytical focus beyond the United States.

CONTENTS: 1. The What and the Why of Statistics 2. Organization of Information: Frequency Distributions 3. Graphic Presentation 4. Measures of Central Tendency 5. Measures of Variability 6. Relationships Between Two Variables: Cross-Tabulation 7. Measures of Association for Nominal and Ordinal Variables 8. Regression and Correlation 9. The Normal Distribution 10. Sampling and Sampling Distributions 11. Estimation 12. Testing Hypotheses 13. The Chi-Square Test 14. Analysis of Variance

Hardcover w/CD: $88.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1517-52005, 616 pages

Also Available for Purchase

Frankfort-Nachmias: Social Statistics for a Diverse Society, 4th Edition with SPSS Student Version, and Wagner: Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods, BundleChava Frankfort-NachmiasUniversity of WisconsinAnna Leon-GuerreroPacifi c Lutheran UniversityWilliam E. Wagner, IIICalifornia State University, Bakersfi eld

Bundle: $118.50, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5321-42007

Frankfort-Nachmias: Social Statistics for a Diverse Society, 4th Edition, and Wagner: Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods, BundleChava Frankfort-NachmiasUniversity of WisconsinAnna Leon-GuerreroPacifi c Lutheran UniversityWilliam E. Wagner, IIICalifornia State University, Bakersfi eld

Bundle: $91.45, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5320-72007

Research Methods in Sociology

Adventures in Social ResearchData Analysis Using SPSS 14.0 and 15.0 for Windows

SIXTH EDITIONEarl BabbieChapman UniversityFred HalleyState University of New York, Brockport

Jeanne ZainoIona College, New Rochelle

In this thoroughly revised edition, the authors stress active and collaborative learn-ing as students engage in a series of practical investigative exercises.

CONTENTS: PART I: PREPARING FOR DATA ANALYSIS

PART II: UNIVARIATE ANALYSIS

PART III: BIVARIATE ANALYSIS

PART IV: MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS

PART V: THE ADVENTURE CONTINUES

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4083-2Student Resource CD, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4084-92007, 464 pages

Also Available for Purchase

Adventures in Social Research with SPSS Student VersionData Analysis Using SPSS 14.0 and 15.0 for Windows

SIXTH EDITIONEarl R. BabbieChapman UniversityFred S. HalleyState University of New York, Brockport

Jeanne ZainoIona College, New Rochelle

Paperback: $74.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4082-52007, 464 pages

Research Methods in Sociology

Page 47: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

45Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Also Available for Purchase:

Social Statistics for a Diverse Society With SPSS Student VersionFOURTH EDITIONChava Frankfort-NachmiasUniversity of WisconsinAnna Leon-GuerreroPacifi c Lutheran University

Written especially for undergraduate students taking their fi rst course in social statistics, this highly accessible bestselling text has been thoroughly revised and updated with the latest General Social Survey data. This new Fourth Edition maintains the same informal, conversational writing style along with the many pedagogical features have led to the previous editions’ widespread suc-cess.

CONTENTS: 1. The What and the Why of Statistics 2. Organization of Information: Frequency Distributions 3. Graphic Presentation 4. Measures of Central Tendency 5. Measures of Variability 6. Relationships Between Two Variables: Cross-Tabulation 7. Measures of Association for Nominal and Ordinal Variables 8. Regression and Correlation 9. Sampling 10. Estimation 11. Testing Hypotheses 12. Testing Hypotheses 13. The Chi-Square Test 14. Analysis of Variance

Hardcover w/CD: $116.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1793-32006, 616 pages

Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research MethodsWilliam E. Wagner IIICalifornia State University, Bakersfi eld

Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods serves as a guide for those interested in using SPSS software to aid in statistical data analysis. It pro-vides instruction on transforming variables; cross-tabu-

lation and measures of association for nominal and ordinal variables; correlate and regression analysis; selecting and sampling cases; testing hypotheses using means and cross-tabulation; and much more!

CONTENTS: 1. Overview 2. Transforming Variables 3. Organization and Presentation 4. Charts and Graphs 5. Cross-Tabulation and Measures of Association for Nominal and Ordinal Variables 6. Correlate and Regression Analysis 7. Selecting and Sampling Cases 8. Testing Hypotheses Using Means and Cross-Tabulation 9. Analysis of Variance 10. Editing Output 11. Advanced Applications

Paperback: $25.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4077-12007, 112 pages

A Guide to Qualitative Field ResearchSECOND EDITIONCarol A. BaileyVirginia Tech

Thoroughly revised, the Second Edition provides novice researchers with comprehensive and accessible instruc-tions for conducting qualitative fi eld research.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Qualitative Field Research 2. Ethical Issues in Qualitative Field Research 3. Prelude to Qualitative Fieldwork 4. The Infrastructure of Qualitative Field Research 5. Methodology 6. Observations 7. Interviews8. Field Notes and Leaving the Field9. Coding, Memoing, and Descriptions10. Typologies, Taxonomies, Visuals Representations, and Themes11. Storytelling, Critical Events, and Analytic Induction12. Evaluation Criteria and Final Manuscript

Paperback: $35.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3650-72007, 232 pages

Researching Social LifeTHIRD EDITIONNigel GilbertUniversity of Surrey, U.K.

Researching Social Life covers the whole range of methods from quantitative to qualitative in a down-to-earth and unthreatening manner.

CONTENTS: PART I: DEFINING THE PROBLEM

1. Conceptualizing Social Life Geoff Cooper 2. Research, Theory and Method Nigel Gilbert 3. Refi ning the Question Nicola Green

PART II: BEGINNINGS 4. Searching For and Reviewing Literature Mary Ebeling and Julie Lamb 5. Designing Samples Patrick Sturgis 6. Grounded Theory and Inductive Research Paul Hodkinson 7. Participatory Action Research Christina Silver 8. Mixed Methods Jo Moran-Ellis, Victoria D Alexander, Ann Cronin, Jane Fielding and Hilary

Thomas 9. Ethics Martin Bulmer

PART III: INTO THE FIELD 10. Questionnaires Rosemarie Simmons 11. Measuring Attitudes Mike Procter 12. Focus Groups Ann Cronin 13. Interviewing Nigel Fielding and Hilary Thomas 14. Ethnography Nigel Fielding 15. Using Documents Keith McDonald 16. Narrative Analysis Ann Cronin and Sarah Earthy 17. Virtual Methods Christine Hine

PART IV: BACK HOME 18. Coding and Managing Data Jane Fielding 19. Analyzing Survey Data Mike Procter 20. Secondary Analysis Nick Allum 21. Computer Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis Ann Lewins 22. Conversation Analysis and Discourse Analysis Robin Wooffi tt 23. Analyzing Visual Materials Victoria D Alexander

PART V: ENDINGS 24. Writing about Social Research Nigel Gilbert

Paperback: $51.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4662-9April 2008, 504 pages

Research Methods in Sociology

Page 48: 08_researchmethods

46

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Investigating the Social WorldThe Process and Practice of ResearchFIFTH EDITIONRussell SchuttUniversity of Massachusetts, Boston

Research examples have been updated throughout the text, with many that have been added from interna-tional researchers. In addition, many chapters have been streamlined and reorganized for greater clarity, including

those on measurement and causation and research design.

CONTENTS: 1. Science, Society, and Social Research 2. Theories and Philosophies for Social Research 3. The Process and Problems of Social Research 4. Conceptualization and Measurement 5. Sampling 6. Causation and Research Design 7. Experiments 8. Survey Research 9. Qualitative Methods: Observing, Participating, Listening 10. Qualitative Data Analysis 11. Ethics in Qualitative Data Analysis 12. Historical and Comparative Research 13. Quantitative Data Analysis 14. Reporting Research

Paperback: $85.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2734-52006, 680 pages

Also Available For Purchase

Investigating the Social World with SPSS Student Version 14.0The Process and Practice of ResearchFIFTH EDITIONRussell SchuttUniversity of Massachusetts, Boston

This innovative, up-to-date, and popular text makes re-search come alive through research stories that illustrate

the methods presented in each chapter, with hands-on exercises to help students learn by doing. Author Russell K. Schutt helps readers connect technique and sub-stance, understand research methods as an integrated whole, appreciate the value of both qualitative and quantitative methodologies, and make ethical research deci-sions. In addition, many chapters have been streamlined and reorganized for greater clarity, including those on measurement and causation and research design.

CONTENTS: 1. Science, Society, and Social Research 2. Theories and Philosophies for Social Research 3. The Process and Problems of Social Research 4. Conceptualization and Measurement 5. Sampling 6. Causation and Research Design 7. Experiments 8. Survey Research 9. Qualitative Methods: Observing, Participating, Listening 10. Qualitative Data Analysis 11. Evaluation Research 12. Historical and Comparative Research 13. Secondary Data and Content Analysis 14. Quantitative Data Analysis 15. Reporting Research

Paperback: $114.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2737-62007, 680 pages

Making Sense of the Social WorldMethods of Investigation

SECOND EDITIONDaniel F. ChamblissHamilton CollegeRussell K. SchuttUniversity of Massachusetts, Boston

In this Second Edition of the bestselling Making Sense of the Social World, the authors once again provide students with an engaging, in-novative, and accurate introduction to social research. More than a brief derivative of Schutt’s widely successful Investigating the Social World, this version is written in a less formal, occasionally humorous style, with more concise examples drawn from everyday experience, and less coverage of complex or more rigorous methods.

CONTENTS: 1. Science, Society, and Social Research 2. The Process and Problems of Social Research 3. Conceptualization and Measurement 4. Sampling 5. Causation and Experimental Design 6. Survey Research 7. Qualitative Methods: Observing, Participating, Listening 8. Qualitative Data Analysis 9. Quantitative Data Analysis 10. Reviewing, Proposing, and Reporting Research

Paperback w/CD: $61.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2717-82006, 368 pages

Also Available For Purchase

Schutt: Investigating the Social World, 5th edition with SPSS Student Version, and Wagner: Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods, BundleRussell K. SchuttUniversity of Massachusetts, BostonWilliam E. Wagner, IIICalifornia State University, Bakersfi eld

Bundle: $112.45, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5319-1

Research Methods in Sociology

Page 49: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

47Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Also Available for Purchase:

Schutt: Investigating the Social World, 5th edition, and Wagner: Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods, BundleRussell K. SchuttUniversity of Massachusetts, BostonWilliam E. Wagner, IIICalifornia State University, Bakersfi eld

The images and directions used in this book come from SPSS version 14.0. This in-novative, up-to-date, and popular text makes research come alive through research stories that illustrate the methods presented in each chapter, with hands-on exer-cises to help students learn by doing. Author Russell Schutt helps readers connect technique and substance, understand research methods as an integrated whole, appreciate the value of both qualitative and quantitative methodologies, and make ethical research decisions.

Bundle: $85.45, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5318-42006

For FASTEST delivery, order online! www.sagepub.com

Research Methods in Sociology

Free CE credits • Save timeSave money • Earn credits online

www.sagepub.com/ceprogram

SAGE is very pleased to announce its partnership with PsychoEducational Resources (PER) to provide Free CE credits to licensed mental health professionals with the purchase of any SAGE book in the program. Psychologists, Social Workers, Licensed Professional Counselors, Marriage and Family Therapists, and other mental health professionals can now choose from a wide range of SAGE books, and receive CE credits, free of charge, after completing a CE Quiz online (80% correct for a pass).

SAGE Program

Now you have an even better reason to buy SAGE books

Page 50: 08_researchmethods

48

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day! Research

DesignTHIRD EDITION

John W. CreswellUniversity of Nebraska-Lincoln

The Third Edition of the bestselling text Research Design by John W. Creswell enables readers to compare three approaches

to research—qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods—in a single research methods text. The book presents these three approaches side by side within the context of the process of research from the beginning steps of philosophical assumptions to the writing and presenting of research. Written in a user-friendly manner, Creswell does not rely on technical jargon. He cuts to the core of what a reader needs to know to read and design research in part by showcasing ideas in a scaffold approach so that the reader understands ideas from the simple to the complex.

Key updates to the Third Edition:

• Presents the preliminary steps of using philosophical assumptions in the beginning of the book

• Provides an expanded discussion on ethical issues

• Emphasizes new Web-based technologies for literature searches

• Offers updated information about mixed methods research procedures

• Contains a glossary of terms

• Highlights “research tips” throughout the chapters incorporating the author’s experiences over the last 35 years

• Accompanied by an Instructor’s Resource CD ROM with a complete PowerPoint slide presentation ready-to-use in the classroom, as well as sample activities and discussion questions

Research Design, Third Edition appeals to students taking research design and research methods classes throughout the social and behavioral sciences—from undergraduates to the most advanced doctoral programs.

CONTENTS

PART I: PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS Chapter 1. Selection of a Research DesignChapter 2. Review of the LiteratureChapter 3. The Use of TheoryChapter 4. Writing Strategies and Ethical Considerations

PART II. DESIGNING RESEARCHChapter 5. IntroductionChapter 6. The Purpose StatementChapter 7. Research Questions and HypothesesChapter 8. Quantitative MethodsChapter 9. Qualitative ProceduresChapter 10. Mixed Methods Procedures

Order Online forFastest Delivery!

Paperback: $49.95ISBN: 978-1-4129-6557-6``

July 2008, 320 pages

General Research Methods

COMING SOON!

Page 51: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

49Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Survey Research in PracticeEdited by

Roger Thomas and Peter LynnNational Centre for Social Research, London, U.K.

This book covers each aspect of the survey process from conceptualization and de-sign, through to data processing and management.

CONTENTS: 1. Social Survey Research 2. Survey Utility and Survey Accuracy 3. Sample Design 4. Modes of Data Collection 5. Face-to-Face Interview Surveys 6. Telephone Surveys 7. Postal Surveys 8. Non-Response 9. Survey Measurement 10. Obtaining Good Answers to Survey Questions 11. Writing and Critiquing Survey Questions 12. Constructing Questionnaires 13. Standard Variables and Classifi cations 14. Measuring Personal Events and Behavior 15. Measuring Motives, Knowledge, Opinions, Attitudes and Values 16. Testing Questions and Questionnaires 17. Processing and Managing Survey Data 18. Survey Project Management 19. The Ethical and Legal Environment of Survey Research

Paperback: $41.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-7108-5May 2008, 272 pages

A Student’s Guide to MethodologySECOND EDITIONPeter CloughLiverpool Hope UniversityCathy NutbrownUniversity of Sheffi eld, U.K.

This Second Edition includes a range of new examples as well as updated readings and suggestions on using

the internet as a research tool and resource.

CONTENTS: 1. Research is Methodology 2. What is Research? 3. What is Methodology? 4. The Pervasive Nature of Methodology 5. Looking 6. Listening 7. Reading 8. Questioning 9. Making Research Public 10. Research Design 11. Reporting Research 12. Research Action

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2913-42007, 272 pages

The Social Science Jargon BusterThe Key Terms You Need to KnowZina O’LearyUniversity of Western Sydney

The Social Science Jargon Buster tackles the most confusing concepts in the social sciences in an easy-to-understand, erudite, and witty way. Zina O’Leary brings impressive clarity and insight to even the most complex

terms. This practical, down-to-earth dictionary helps students new to the social sciences gain a thorough understanding of the key terms. This dictionary brings a refreshing clarity to social science discourse, making it essential reading for all stu-dents on undergraduate social science courses.

Paperback: $29.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2177-02007, 344 pages

Getting the Most Out of the Research ExperienceWhat Every Researcher Needs to KnowBrian RobertsUniversity of Glamorgan

While each research situation is different and no book can fully prepare the researcher for what they experience – this book provides a guide to what may be expected. Loaded with advice on everything from organizing inter-

pretations to coping with stress, this book is a must-read for students of all levels across the social sciences who are about to enter the research fi eld.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE RESEARCHER

PART II: RESEARCH STYLES, ROLES AND CONTEXTS

PART III: THE ‘EMOTIONAL’ ASPECTS OF RESEARCH

PART IV: ENTERING THE RESEARCH - THE PRESENTATION OF THE RESEARCHER’S SELF

PART V: INTERPRETATION IN RESEARCH

PART VI: WRITING RESEARCH

PART VII: DISSEMINATION

PART VIII: REACTION TO RESEARCH

PART IX: WHAT NEXT IN MY RESEARCH?

PART X: CONCLUSION - THE RESEARCHER’S EXPERIENCE OF RESEARCH

Paperback: $36.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4120-02007, 176 pages

For FASTEST delivery, order online! www.sagepub.com

General Research Methods

Page 52: 08_researchmethods

50

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Doing Practitioner ResearchMark Fox, Peter Martin, and Gill GreenUniversity of Essex, U.K.

This is an ideal text for the growing number of practitio-ners working in health, education, and social care who are undertaking research. Authors Mark Fox, Gillian Green, and Peter Martin provide the perfect introduction to why practitioners are in the unique position to conduct research that actually improves professional practice. Doing Practitioner Research focuses on helping prac-

titioners conduct research in their own organizations, and attention is given to the best methods for doing this effectively and sensitively.

CONTENTS: 1. Framing Research 2. Thinking Critically about Theory and Practice 3. Using Research as a Process for Development 4. Evaluating Your Own Organization 5. Researching Your Own Practice 6. Undertaking Ethical Research 7. Undertaking Research 8. Service User Involvement 9. Writing the Research Report 10. Research Utilization 11. Developing the Practitioner Researcher

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1234-12007, 224 pages

Doing Research with ChildrenSECOND EDITIONAnne D. GreigUniversity of Strathclyde, U.K.Jayne TaylorWest Hertfordshire Primary Care Trust, U.K.Tommy MackayUniversity of Strathclyde, U.K.

The Second Edition of Doing Research with Children is a welcome development of this key textbook for a growing market. The book continues to provide a compre-hensive and practical introduction to undertaking a research project with children, and now accommodates and accounts for many of the changes that have taken place in research practice and in discussions about research with children in recent years.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE SPECIAL NATURE OF CHILDREN IN RESEARCH - THEORIES AND APPROACHES 1. Introduction to Research and Children 2. Theory for Research and Practice with Children 3. Theoretical Frameworks

PART II: DOING RESEARCH WITH CHILDREN - REVIEWING, DESIGNING AND CONDUCTING RESEARCH WITH CHILDREN 4. Evaluating Research with Children 5. The Importance of Questions 6. Designing and Doing Quantitative Research with Children 7. Designing and Doing Qualitative Research with Children

PART III: SPECIAL ISSUES 8. Consultation and Participation with Children in Research 9. Ethics for Doing Research with Children 10. Themes and Perspectives

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1845-92007, 216 pages

Survey ResearchSECOND EDITIONRoger SapsfordUniversity of Teesside, U.K.

This much-anticipated Second Edition presents an in-formative and accessible account of survey research. It guides the reader through the main theoretical and prac-tical aspects of the subject and illustrates the applica-tion of survey methods through examples. This book will

prove to be equally useful for students conducting small research projects in the so-cial sciences or related professional/applied areas, researchers planning systematic data collection for applied purposes and policy makers who want to understand and analyze the research with whose conclusions they are presented.

CONTENTS: PART I: INTRODUCTION

PART II: THE SIZE OF THE PROBLEM

PART III: OPINIONS AND FACTS

PART IV: EXPLORING DATA

PART V: FINISHING UP

Paperback: $42.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1232-72006, 296 pages

Experience Sampling MethodMeasuring the Quality of Everyday LifeJoel M. HektnerNorth Dakota State UniversityJennifer A. SchmidtNorthern Illinois UniversityMihaly CsikszentmihalyiClaremont Graduate University

Experience Sampling Method: Measuring the Quality of Everyday Life is the fi rst book to bring together the theoretical foundations and practical applications of this indispensable methodology. The authors provide fascinating information for any-one interested in how people go about their daily lives. A comprehensive overview is given of issues affecting reliability and validity of the method and empirical evidence of its psychometric properties.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE ORIGINS OF ESM 1. Epistemological Foundations for the Measurement of Experience 2. Theoretical Foundations of ESM

PART II: HOW TO MEASURE THE QUALITY OF EVERYDAY LIFE 3. Collecting the Data 4. Dealing With the Data: Coding, Entry, Cleaning, and Data Management 5. Types of Analyses 6. Psychometrics of ESM Data

PART III: USES OF ESM IN SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH 7. Samples of Experience 8. The Experience of Males and Females 9. The Experience of Family Life 10. The Experience of Work 11. Examining Cross-Cultural Differences 12. Educational Applications 13. Clinical Applications

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2557-02007, 368 pages

General Research Methods

Page 53: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

51Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Emergent Methods in Social ResearchEdited by

Sharlene Nagy Hesse-BiberBoston CollegePatricia LeavyStonehill College

Emergent Methods in Social Research introduces state-of-the-art social research methods that address the

growing methods-theory gap within and across the disciplines. In this text the edi-tors combine original, in-depth introductions, previously published articles, and origi-nal works to provide readers with a comprehensive view of new and cutting-edge research methods and methodologies.

CONTENTS: 1. Skirting a Pleated Text Laurel Richardson 2. Getting Connected Trond Aren Undheim 3. A Sociologist Among Economists Sarah Babb 4. Ethnography and Conversation Analysis Douglas W. Maynard 5. Creativity Within Qualitative Research on Families Sharon A. Deacon 6. Sampling Human Experience in Naturalistic Settings Tamlin Conner and Eliza Bliss-

Moreau 7. Feminist Visualization Mei-Po Kwan 8. Practical Strategies for Combining Qualitative and Quantitative MethodsDavid Morgan9. Performing Autoethnography Tami Spry 10. Exposed Methodology Wanda S. Pillow 11. Ethnodrama Jim Mienczakowski 12. On the Listening Guide Carol Gilligan, Renee Spencer, M. Katherine Weinberg and

Tatiana Bertsch 13. Friendship as Method Lisa Tillmann-Healy14. Gender Imago Niza Yanay and Nitza Berkovitch 15. The Personal is Political Lauri L. Hyers, Janet K. Swim, Robyn K. Mallett 16. Feminist Media Ethnography in India Radhika Parameswaran

Paperback: $50.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0918-12006, 448 pages

Geographic Information Systems for the Social SciencesInvestigating Space and PlaceSteven J. Steinberg and Sheila L. SteinbergHumboldt State University

The authors provide learning objectives for each chapter, chapter summaries, links to relevant Web sites, as well as suggestions for student research projects.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 2. GIS Basics 3. Topics for Sociospatial Research 4. Research Design 5. Qualitative Research Methods and GIS 6. GIS Data Collection and Development (Sources, Input, and Output)7. Measurement 8. Data Documentation and Model Development 9. Analysis, Interpretation, and Application 10. Future Opportunities for Social Research and GIS

Paperback: $52.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2873-72006, 272 pages

Research MethodologyA Step-by-Step Guide for Beginners

SECOND EDITIONRanjit KumarUniversity of Western Australia

As with the fi rst, the Second Edition of Research Methodology is designed specifi cally for students with no previous experience or knowledge of research and research methodology. It focuses on developing research

skills by providing practical examples from both qualitative and quantitative research for a balanced and comprehensive grounding in research methodology.

CONTENTS: Step I: Formulating a Research Problem Step II: Conceptualising a Research Design Step III: Constructing an Instrument For Data Collection Step IV: Selecting a Sample Step V: Writing a Research Proposal Step VI: Collecting Data Step VII: Processing Data Step VIII: Writing a Research Report

Paperback: $52.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1194-82005, 352 pages

How to Conduct SurveysA Step-by-Step Guide

THIRD EDITIONArlene FinkUniversity of California at Los Angeles

The Langley Research Institute

The Third Edition of How to Conduct Surveys: A Step-by-Step Guide focuses on the issues in survey research that have become prominent since the publica-

tion of the bestselling Second Edition. Writing in a clear and accessible style, author Arlene Fink once again provides students with new information on computer-assist-ed and interactive surveys, guidelines for preparing informed consent statements for survey respondents, new survey data analysis techniques, and much more!

How to Conduct Surveys is an ideal text for any undergraduate or graduate course across the social sciences that covers survey research. It is also an excellent re-source for anyone looking for a quick-guide reference tool on conducting surveys.

CONTENTS: 1. Conducting Surveys: Everyone Is Doing It 2. The Survey Form: Questions, Scales, and Appearance 3. Getting It Together: Some Practical Concerns 4. Sampling 5. Survey Design: Environmental Control 6. Analyzing and Organizing Data From Surveys 7. Presenting the Survey Results

Paperback: $37.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1423-92006, 120 pages

General Research Methods

Page 54: 08_researchmethods

52

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Introduction to Social ResearchQuantitative and Qualitative Approaches

SECOND EDITIONKeith F. PunchUniversity of Western Australia

Building on the success of An Introduction to Social Research, this Second Edition has been fully revised and updated to provide a broader coverage of a range

of methodological approaches for third year and postgraduate students across the social sciences.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Some Central Issues 3. Research Questions 4. From Research Questions to Data 5. Quantitative Research Design 6. Collecting Quantitative Data 7. The Analysis of Quantitative Data 8. Design in Qualitative Research 9. Collecting Qualitative Data 10. The Analysis of Qualitative Data 11. Mixed Methods and Evaluative Criteria 12. Research Writing

Paperback: $54.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4417-12005, 336 pages

Designing SurveysA Guide to Decisions and Procedures

SECOND EDITIONRon CzajaNorth Carolina State UniversityJohnny BlairAbt Associates Inc.

The Second Edition accounts for changes in telephone, Internet, and email surveying and provides a more com-

prehensive treatment on questionnaire testing. This new edition addresses these issues in the context of new and emerging technologies and their relationship to sur-vey design and the social sciences.

CONTENTS: 1. An Introduction to Surveys and to This Book 2. Stages of a Survey 3. Selecting the Method of Data Collection 4. Questionnaire Design: Writing the Questions 5. Questionnaire Design: Organizing the Questions 6. Questionnaire Design: Testing the Questions 7. Designing the Sample 8. Selecting a Sample 9. Reducing Sources of Error in Data Collection10. Special Topics

Paperback: $41.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2746-42005, 320 pages

Researching Society and CultureSECOND EDITIONEdited by

Clive SealeBrunel University, Middlesex, U.K.

There are new chapters covering audio recordings, the Internet, visual materials, focus groups, grounded theory, combining qualitative and quantitative methods, doing a

dissertation, ethics, doing a literature review and more.

CONTENTS: Introduction Clive Seale

PART I: RESEARCH CONTEXTS 1. Selected Issues in the Philosophy of Social Science David Lazar 2. Politics, Identities and Research Suki Ali et al 3. Developments in Social Theory Paul Filmer et al 4. Research and Social Theory David Silverman 5. Research and Social Policy David Silverman 6. Validity, Reliability and the Quality of Research Clive Seale 7. History of Social Statistics and the Social Survey Fran Tonkiss 8. History of Qualitative Methods Clive Seale 9. Ethics and Social Research Moira Kelly and Suki Ali 10. Research Design and Proposals Moira Kelly

PART II: DOING RESEARCH 11. Doing a Literature Review Duncan Branley 12. Doing Social Surveys Alice Bloch 13. Qualitative Interviewing Bridget Byrne 14. Using Focus Groups Fran Tonkiss 15. Making and Managing Audio Recordings Duncan Branley 16. Doing Ethnography David Walsh 17. Generating Grounded Theory Clive Seale 18. Doing Historical and Archival Research Ben Gidley 19. Using Visual Materials Suki Ali 20. Using the Internet Pamelah Odih 21. Combining Qualitative and Quantitative Methods Neil Spicer 22. Coding and Analyzing Data Clive Seale 23. Statistical Reasoning Alice Bloch 24. Statistical Reasoning Clive Seale 25. Using Data Archives for Secondary Analysis Clive Seale 26. Analyzing Text and Speech Fran Tonkiss 27. Analyzing Conversations Tim Rapley 28. Reading and Writing Research Les Back 29. Doing a Dissertation Chetan Bhatt 30. When Things Go Wrong Mike Michael

PART III: CASE STUDIES 31. Representing Otherness Thomas Zacharias 32. Embodiment, Refl exivity and Movement Re-Education Jen Tarr 33. My Research Practice Clive Seale

PART IV: WORKSHOP AND DISCUSSION EXERCISES

Paperback: $59.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4197-22004, 544 pages

Social Network AnalysisA Handbook

SECOND EDITIONJohn ScottUniversity of Essex, Colchester, U.K.

Paperback: $48.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-6339-42000, 224 pages

General Research Methods

Page 55: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

53Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Scale DevelopmentTheory and Applications

SECOND EDITIONRobert F. DeVellisUniversity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Development: Theory and Applications, Second Edition has been extensively updated and revised to ad-dress changes in the fi eld and topics that have grown in importance since the First Edition.

CONTENTS: 1. Overview 2. Understanding the “Latent Variable” 3. Reliability 4. Validity 5. Guidelines in Scale Development 6. Factor Analysis 7. An Overview of Item Response Theory 8. Measurement in the Broader Research Context

Paperback: $36.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2605-42003, 176 pages

Survey Research MethodsTHIRD EDITIONFloyd J. Fowler, Jr.University of Massachusetts, Boston

This new edition has improved techniques for evaluating survey questions, the latest options available to research-ers in using the computer and the internet for surveys, and recent methodological fi ndings to enhance survey research. With an emphasis on the importance of mini-

mizing nonsampling errors through superior question design, quality interviewing, and high response rates, this book helps readers understand the relationship of data collection to fi gures and statistics based on the survey—and how much confi dence to place in the reported results based on this relationship.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Sampling 3. Nonresponse: Implementing a Sample Design 4. Methods of Data Collection 5. Designing Questions to Be Good Measures 6. Evaluating Survey Questions and Instruments 7. Survey Interviewing 8. Preparing Survey Data for Analysis 9. Ethical Issues in Survey Research 10. Providing Information About Survey Methods 11. Survey Error in Perspective

Paperback: $48.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2191-22001, 192 pages

Practical Meta-AnalysisMark W. LipseyVanderbilt Institute for Public Policy StudiesDavid B. WilsonGeorge Mason University

By integrating and translating the current methodologi-cal and statistical work into a practical guide, the authors provide readers with a state-of-the-art introduction to the various approaches to doing meta-analysis. Through the use of a simple metaphor, that of meta-analysis as a form

of survey research in which research reports, rather than individual people, are sur-veyed, the authors show readers how to develop a coding form for their meta analy-sis, how to select and gather various research reports for the study, how to code the appropriate information about each study’s characteristics, and how to analyze the resulting data using various software packages.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Problem Specifi cation and Study Retrieval 3. Selecting, Computing and Coding the Effect Size Statistic 4. Developing a Coding Scheme and Coding Study Reports 5. Data Management 6. Analysis Issues and Strategies 7. Computational Techniques for Meta-Analysis Data 8. Interpreting and Using Meta-Analysis Results

Paperback: $50.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2168-42000, 264 pages

Social Research MethodsQualitative and Quantitative ApproachesH. Russell BernardUniversity of Florida

The purpose of this book is to explain and demonstrate to students when to use and how to apply the quantitative and qualitative techniques that they’ll need to do their own social research. Social Research Methods shows that a book on research methods can incorporate com-prehensiveness, sophistication, and clear writing.

CONTENTS: PART I: BACKGROUND TO RESEARCH 1. About Social Science 2. The Foundations of Social Research 3. Preparing for Research

PART II: RESEARCH DESIGN 4. Research Design 5. Sampling

PART III: DATA COLLECTION 6. Interviewing 7. Structured Interviewing 8. Scales and Scaling 9. Participant Observation 10. Direct and Indirect Observation

PART IV: DATA ANALYSIS 11. Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis 12. Qualitative Data Analysis I 13. Qualitative Data Analysis II 14. Univariate Analysis 15. Bivariate Analysis 16. Multivariate Analysis

Hardcover: $93.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-1403-71999, 784 pages

General Research Methods

Page 56: 08_researchmethods

54

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

The Foundations of Social ResearchMeaning and Perspective in the Research ProcessMichael Crotty

The Foundation of Social Research links methodol-ogy and theory with great clarity and precision, show-ing students and researchers how to navigate the maze of confl icting terminology. The major epistemological

stances and theoretical perspectives that color and shape current social research are detailed: positivism, constructionism, interpretivism, critical inquiry, feminism and postmodernism. Crotty reveals the philosophical origins of these schools of inquiry and shows how various disciplines contribute to the practice of social research as it is known today.

CONTENTS: 1. Positivism 2. Constructionism 3. Interpretivism 4. Interpretivism 5. Critical Inquiry 6. Critical Inquiry 7. Feminism 8. Postmodernism

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-6106-21998, 256 pages

Improving Survey QuestionsDesign and EvaluationFloyd J. Fowler, Jr.University of Massachusetts, Boston

This book shows how to word and format a question, write questions that will evoke the kind of answers for which they were designed, and empirically evaluate survey questions. In addition, the book covers topics such as how to write good questions aimed at collecting information about objective facts and events, how to measure subjective phenomena, some alternative methods for attacking common measure-ment problems; shows how to evaluate the extent to which questions are consis-tently understood and administered, and explains how to evaluate the data resulting from a set of questions. A clearly written book, Improving Survey Questions en-ables researchers and practitioners to write better survey questions and helps users of survey data to evaluate their data more critically.

CONTENTS: 1. Questions as Measures 2. Designing Questions to Gather Factual Data 3. Questions to Measure Subjective States 4. Some General Rules for Designing Good Survey Instruments 5. Presurvey Evaluation of Questions 6. Assessing the Validity of Survey Questions 7. Question Design and Evaluation Issues in Perspective

Paperback: $47.95, ISBN: 978-0-8039-4583-81995, 200 pages

Study Aids & Student Resources

Completing Your Qualitative DissertationA Roadmap From Beginning to EndLinda Dale BloombergMarie Volpe

This text fi lls an important gap in qualitative research lit-erature by specifi cally addressing the fast-growing prac-tice of qualitative master’s studies and doctoral disserta-tions in colleges and universities throughout the world.

CONTENTS: 1. Taking Charge of Yourself and Your Work 2. Content and Process: A Chapter-By-Chapter Roadmap 3. Introduction To Your Study 4. Developing and Presenting the Literature Review 5. Presenting Methodology and Research Approach 6. Analyzing Data and Reporting Findings 7. Analyzing and Interpreting Findings 8. Drawing Sound Conclusions and Presenting Actionable Recommendations 9. Nearing Completion: Some Final Considerations

Paperback: $34.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-5651-2January 2008, 264 pages

Proposals That WorkA Guide for Planning Dissertations and Grant Proposals

FIFTH EDITIONLawrence F. LockeUniversity of Massachusetts at AmherstWaneen Wyrick SpirdusoThe University of Texas at AustinStephen J. SilvermanTeachers College, Columbia University

The Fifth Edition has been completely updated and revised to offer clear advice backed up with excellent examples. The authors provide essential information on identifying and obtaining student funding for theses and dissertations.

CONTENTS: PART I: WRITING THE PROPOSALPART II: MONEY FOR RESEARCH PART III: SPECIMEN PROPOSALS

Paperback: $49.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2423-82007, 376 pages

Reading and Understanding ResearchSECOND EDITIONLawrence F. LockeUniversity of Massachusetts at AmherstStephen J. SilvermanTeachers College, Columbia UniversityWaneen Wyrick SpirdusoThe University of Texas at Austin

Paperback: $51.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2768-62004, 304 pages

General Research Methods / Study Aids & Student Resources

Page 57: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

55Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Surviving Your DissertationA Comprehensive Guide to Content and Process

THIRD EDITIONKjell E RudestamFielding Graduate InstituteRae R. NewtonCalifornia State University, Fullerton

Surviving Your Dissertation: A Comprehensive Guide to Content and Process, Third Edition offers readers guidance that other dissertation guides often miss, from ways to improve one’s writing, to identifying one’s learning preferences, to dealing with emotional blocks. This edition features an up-to-the-minute discussion of online research and the use of software packages.

CONTENTS: PART I: GETTING STARTED 1. The Research Process 2. Selecting a Suitable Topic 3. Methods of Inquiry: Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches

PART II: WORKING WITH CONTENT: THE DISSERTATION CHAPTERS 4. Review of the Literature and Statement of the Problem 5. The Method Chapter: Describing Your Research Plan 6. Presenting the Results of Quantitative Studies 7. Presenting the Results of Qualitative Studies 8. Discussion

PART III: WORKING WITH PROCESS: WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW TO MAKE THE DISSERTATION EASIER 9. Overcoming Barriers: Becoming an Expert While Controlling Your Own Destiny 10. Writing 11. How to Complete Your Dissertation Using Online Data Access and Collection 12. Guidelines for the Presentation of Numbers in the Dissertation 13. Informed Consent and Other Ethical Concerns

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1679-02007, 328 pages

The Literature ReviewA Step-by-Step Guide for StudentsDiana RidleySheffi eld University, U.K.

The Literature Review is a concise step-by-step guide to conducting a literature search and writing up the literature review chapter. The author describes how to carry out a literature review in a systematic, methodical way, providing useful strate-gies for effi cient reading, conducting searches, organizing information and writing the review itself.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. The Multiple Purposes of a Literature Review 3. Sources of Information and Conducting Searches 4. Reading and Note Taking Strategies 5. Reference Management 6. Structuring the Literature Review 7. In-text Citations 8. Being Critical 9. Foregrounding Writer Voice in Your Writing 10. The Continuing Process

Paperback: $34.94, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3426-8March 2008, 184 pages

Conducting Online SurveysValerie M. Sue and Lois A. RitterCalifornia State University, East Bay

Conducting Online Surveys is a comprehensive guide to the creation, implementation, and analysis of e-mail and Web-based surveys. Authors Valerie M. Sue and Lois A. Ritter specifi cally address issues unique to online survey research such as selecting software, designing Web-based questionnaires, and sampling from online populations. The book offers guidelines for the success-

ful creation and implementation of Internet surveys.

Key Features:

Gives practical guidance: The book offers guidelines for the successful creation and implementation of Internet surveys.

Focuses on online survey research: While this text covers topics common to all survey research, such as writing project objectives, drafting valid and reliable survey questions, and presenting results, it focuses mainly on specifi c online survey issues including survey software and survey research ethics.

Provides comprehensive coverage: Most other research texts just contain chapters covering online administration of surveys; this book fi lls a considerable niche in the methodological literature by providing complete information all in one book.

Evaluates the advantages and disadvantages of online surveys: The book discusses when and when not to use an online survey, how to write questions for an online environment, which sampling strategies to employ, and how to use commercial survey software and web-hosting services.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Planning The Online Survey 3. Sampling 4. Writing Survey Questions 5. Designing And Developing The Survey Instrument6. Conducting The Survey 7. Processing And Analyzing The Survey Data 8. Reporting The Survey Results 9. Concluding Comments

Paperback: $34.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3754-22007, 208 pages

Study Aids & Student Resources

For FASTEST delivery, order online! www.sagepub.com

Page 58: 08_researchmethods

56

For FASTEST Delivery order your review copies online at www.sagepub.com

Textb

oo

ks

Ord

er

your

revi

ew c

opie

s to

day!

Internet Research SkillsHow To Do Your Literature Search and Find Research Information Online

SECOND EDITIONNiall Ó DochartaighNational University of Ireland

Internet Research Skills is a clear and concise guide to the effective use of the Internet for students in the social sciences. The open web is becoming central to student

research practice, not least because of its accessibility, and this clear text describes search strategies and outlines the critical skills necessary to deal with such diverse and disorganized materials. The text covers all of the essential aspects of Internet re-search, with each chapter containing a number of illustrations, inset boxes, and short exercises. This concise and accessible introduction to Internet research skills will be a perfect guide for undergraduate students carrying out research projects and for postgraduate students working on theses and dissertations.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Books 3. Articles 4. Subject Guides 5. Searching the Keyword Search Engines 6. Interaction, News and Multimedia 7. Governments, Archives and Statistics 8. Evaluation and Citation

Paperback: $36.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1113-92007, 184 pages

Conducting Research Literature ReviewsFrom the Internet to Paper

SECOND EDITIONArlene FinkUniversity of California at Los Angeles

Conducting Research Literature Reviews, Second Edition shows readers how to identify, interpret, and

analyze published and unpublished research literature. Selecting questions to maxi-mize the effi ciency of the review. The text also discusses the use of Boolean opera-tors for simple and advanced searches and shows readers how to use bibliographic software to organize literature reviews and search “The Virtual File Cabinet.” It also describes how to synthesize the literature as a stand-alone report or as a component of a paper or proposal.

CONTENTS: 1. Reviewing the Literature: Why? For Whom? How? 2. Searching and Screening: The Practical Screen and Methodological Quality 3. Searching and Screening: Methodological Quality 4. Doing the Review 5. What Did You Find? Synthesizing Results

Paperback: $47.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0904-42005, 264 pages

Research Ethics for Social ScientistsMark Israel and Iain HayFlinders University, Adelaide, Australia

Research Ethics for Social Scientists sets out to do four things: The fi rst is to demonstrate the practical value of thinking seriously and systematically about what con-stitutes ethical conduct in social science research. Sec-ond, the text identifi es how and why current regulatory

regimes have emerged. Third, it seeks to reveal those practices that have contributed to the adversarial relationships between researchers and regulators. Finally, the book hopes to encourage both parties to develop shared solutions to ethical and regula-tory problems.

CONTENTS: 1. Why Care About Ethics? 2. Ethical Approaches 3. Codes and Principles 4. Regulating Ethics 5. Informed Consent 6. Confi dentiality 7. Avoiding Harm and Doing Good 8. Relationships, Integrity and an Ethic of Care 9. Between Ethical Conduct and Regulatory Compliance

Paperback: $42.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0390-52006, 208 pages

Organizing and Managing Your ResearchA Practical Guide for PostgraduatesRenata Phelps, Kath Fisher, and Allan EllisSouthern Cross University, Australia

Organizing and Managing Your Research: A Practi-cal Guide for Postgraduates deals with the practi-cal, day-to-day aspects of managing and organizing research. It focuses on strategies, skills, and systems that

increase the effi ciency and effectiveness of research practice across all research disciplines.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. Establishing Technical Fundamentals 3. Managing Yourself, Your Ideas and Your Support Structures 4. Organizing Your Work Environment 5. Planning and Overseeing Progress of Your Project 6. Communicating and Networking Electronically 7. Effective Literature Searching 8. Strategic Web Searching 9. Managing and Organizing Your Literature 10. Designing Data Collection Systems 11. Managing Data Analysis 12. Improving Your Writing Effi ciency 13. Presenting and Publishing Your Research

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2064-32007, 304 pages

Study Aids & Student Resources

Page 59: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

57Te

xtb

oo

ks

Ord

er your review

copies today!

Writing and Presenting ResearchAngela ThodyUniversity of Lincoln, U.K.

This accessible and wide-ranging book is an invaluable introductory guide through the choices to be made when deciding how to report research. Arranged in easily fol-lowed sections enlivened with checklists, style variations, examples, and refl ection points, Writing and Presenting

Research has relevance to the social sciences, arts, humanities, natural and ap-plied sciences, and law and is an invaluable reference tool for new and experienced researchers alike.

CONTENTS: 1. Conventions or Alternatives? 2. Principles for Selecting Appropriate Writing and Presentation Styles 3. Adapting to Audience 4. Adapting to Audience 5. The Art and Craft of Writing 6. Primary Data 7. Literature and Methodology 8. Quantifi ed Data 9. Qualitative Data 10. Narrative Data 11. Beginnings and Ends 12. Citations 13. Becoming a Presenter 14. Getting into Print 15. Copyright

Paperback: $35.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0293-92006, 280 pages

Developing Effective Research ProposalsSECOND EDITIONKeith F. PunchUniversity of Western Australia

In this expanded and updated Second Edition of De-veloping Effective Research Proposals, author Keith F. Punch offers an indispensable guide to the issues involved in proposal development and in presenting a

well-considered plan for the execution of research. The text has expanded sections covering research strategy, research planning, and academic writing, examples of successful research proposals from across the social science disciplines, and a more comprehensive discussion of ethics.

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. The Proposal 3. A General Framework for Developing Proposals 4. Generating Theories and Dealing with the Literature 5. Methods 6. Writing the Proposal 7. Tactics 8. Examples of Proposals

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2126-82006, 176 pages

Practicing ResearchDiscovering Evidence That MattersArlene FinkUniversity of California at Los AngelesThe Langley Research Institute

Practicing Research: Discovering Evidence That Matters provides research consumers with the skills necessary for discovering evidence that matters. This book is designed for students, practitioners or research-ers who are planning to review research for best prac-

tices or are actually selecting programs right now.

CONTENTS: 1. The Evaluation Research and Evidence-Based Practice Partnership 2. The Research Consumer as Detective: Investigating Program and Bibliographic Data

Bases 3. The Practical Research Consumer 4. The Designing Research Consumer 5. The Research Consumer Reviews the Measures 6. The Research Consumer Evaluates Measurement Reliability and Validity 7. Getting Closer: Grading the Literature and Evaluating the Strength of the Evidence 8. The Ethical Research Consumer Assesses Needs and Evaluates Improvement

Identifying Needs, Preferences and Values

Paperback: $44.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3770-22007, 400 pages

Handbook of Research Design and Social MeasurementSIXTH EDITIONDelbert C. MillerIndiana University, BloomingtonNeil J. SalkindUniversity of Kansas

The emphasis in this new edition is on the tools graduate students and more advanced researchers need to conduct high quality research. The new edition provides step-by-step instruction for students’ research training by be-ginning with how to fi nd a creative idea, a middle-range theory, and initial hypothesis and proceeds through design, proposal, collection and analysis of data followed by writing, reporting and publication.

Plus, there is an extensive and well-organized table of contents with four levels of headings; and, for the fi rst time in the history of the book, a comprehensive index.

CONTENTS: PART I. UNDERSTANDING BASIC, APPLIED, AND EVALUATION RESEARCH PART II. BASIC RESEARCH DESIGN

PART III. APPLIED AND EVALUATION RESEARCH

PART IV. QUALITATIVE RESEARCH

PART V. GUIDES TO METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF COLLECTING DATA IN LIBRARY, FIELD, AND LABORATORY SETTINGS: SOCIAL SCIENCE DATA LIBRARIES AND RESEARCH CENTERS

PART VI. GUIDE TO STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL SCIENCE DATA PART VII. ASSESSING SOCIAL VARIABLES: SCALES AND INDEXES

PART VIII. RESEARCH PROPOSAL, FUNDING, BUDGETING, REPORTING, AND CAREER PLANNING

Paperback: $97.95, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2046-52002, 808 pages

Study Aids & Student Resources

Page 60: 08_researchmethods

TITLES FOR PURCHASE

Plea

se n

ote

the

sect

ion

that

follo

ws

prom

otes

title

s av

aila

ble

for p

urc

ha

se

on

ly u

nles

s ot

herw

ise

note

d.

TEXTBOOKS58

www.sagepub.com/RudasISBN: 978-1-4129-2714-7

Page 59

www.sagepub.com/OsborneISBN: 978-1-4129-4065-8

Page 60

www.sagepub.com/KnowlesISBN: 978-1-4129-0531-2

Page 64

Pages 2-57

Pages 59-79

Dear colleague,We hope you have enjoyed our catalog so far. We have published some of the best works by leading authors, editors, and societies to meet your needs. You may have noticed that up to this point, all of the included titles are available as a complimentary or 60-day review copy (qualifi ed instructors only), although they are also available for purchase.

The section that follows, through the end of the catalog, consists of titles that are available for purchase only unless otherwise noted. These titles are not offered as complimentary or as 60-day adoption review copies, because they are not primarily intended as textbooks. Purchasing instructions are included.

We at SAGE believe passionately that engaged scholarship lies at the heart of any healthy society and that education is intrinsically valuable. In accordance with this principle, we are proud to offer you the highest quality textbooks for the classroom as well as award-winning Handbooks, Encyclopedias, and other reference titles.

This is a new format for our catalogs; do not hesitate to contact us if you have questions or feedback. We look forward to hearing from you soon.

SAGE Marketing

FOUR WAYS TO ORDER YOUR BOOK(S):

➊ For Fastest Delivery, go to: www.sagepub.com

➋ Call our customer service at: (800) 818-7243 or (805) 499-9774(Customer Service is available 6 am to 5 pm, Mon–Fri, PT)

➌ Fax the order form to: (800) 583-2665 or (805) 499-0871

➍ Mail the order form to: SAGE Publications, P.O. Box 5084 Thousand Oaks, CA 91359-9702

Page 61: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

59P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

Handbook of ProbabilityTheory and ApplicationsEdited by

Tamás RudasEotvos Lorand University, Budapest

Providing cutting-edge perspectives and real-world insights into the greater utility of probability and its applications, the Handbook

of Probability offers an equal balance of theory and direct applications in a non-technical, yet comprehensive, format. Editor Tamás Rudas and the internationally-known contributors present the material in a manner so that researchers of various backgrounds can use the reference either as a primer for understanding basic probability theory or as a more advanced research tool for specifi c projects requiring a deeper understanding. The wide-ranging applications of probability presented make it useful for scholars who need to make interdisciplinary connections in their work.

Key Features

• Contains contributions from the international who’s-who of probability across several disciplines

• Offers an equal balance of theory and applications

• Explains the most important concepts of probability theory in a non-technical yet comprehensive way

• Provides in-depth examples of recent applications in the social and behavioral sciences as well as education, business, and law

Intended Audience

This Handbook makes an ideal library purchase. In addition, this volume should also be of interest to individual scholars in the social and behavioral sciences.

CONTENTS

1. History Of Probability Theory Peter M. Lee 2. Frequentist Probability Theory Herwig

Friedl, Siegfried Hörmann 3. Subjective And Other Probabilities Igor

Kopylov 4. Paradoxes In Probability Theory Nicholas

Shackel 5. Probability Theory In Statistics Tamás

Rudas 6. The Bayesian Approach To Statistics

Anthony O’hagan 7. Design Of Experiments Mauro Gasparini,

Maria Piera Rogantin 8. Probability And Causality Michael E. Sobel 9. Randomness And Computation Oded

Goldreich 10. Time Series Analysis Michael A. Lewis 11. Survival Analysis Nancy Brandon Tuma 12. Probabilistic Sampling Jeffrey M.

Wooldridge 13. Panel Studies Edward Frees, Jee-seon

Kim 14. Probabilistic Methods In Surveys And

Offi cial Statistics Vasja Vehovar, Matka Zaletel, Rudi Seljak

15. Probabilistic Models Of Measurement Errors Nick Longford

16. Test Development Klaas Sijtsma, Wilco Emons

17. Probabilistic Models Of The Society/simulation Klaus G. Troitzsch

18. Probabilistic Network Analysis Philippa Pattison, Garry Robins

19. Gambling Charles Friedman 20. Insurance Pricing Richard Derrig, Krzysztof

Ostaszewski 21. Credit Scoring/rating A. J. Feelders 22. Investment Portfolios And Stock Pricing

Craig G. Rennie 23. Expert Systems George Luger, Chayan

Chakrabarti 24. Probability And Evidence Julia Mortera ,

Phil Dawid 25. Probability In The Courtroom Basil C. Bitas

Order Online forFastest Delivery!

Paperback: $130.00ISBN: 978-1-4129-2714-7

February 2008, 520 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 62: 08_researchmethods

60

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

Best Practices in Quantitative MethodsEdited by

Jason W. OsborneNorth Carolina State University

Best Practices in Quantitative Methods follows the tradition of “handbooks” in that it calls on the top re-searchers in the fi eld to share with us what they know. In this case, the focus of the chapters is on best practices

for the vast fi eld of quantitative methods. The volume provides readers with the most effective, evidence-based ways to use and analyze quantitative methods and quan-titative data across the social and behavioral sciences. Contributing authors present and explain new options for data analysis, discussing the advantages and disadvan-tages of the new procedures in depth, describing how to perform them, and dem-onstrating their use. This book is an invaluable resource for graduate students and researchers who want a comprehensive, authoritative resource to go to for practical and sound advice from leading experts in quantitative methods.

Contributors Include: Jason W. Osborne, Fiona Fidler & Geoff Cumming, Thomas Kel-low & Victor Willson, Steve Stemler, Cherdsak Iramaneerat, Everett V. Smith, Jr., & Richard M. Smith, Edward W. Wolfe & Lidia Dobria, Anna B. Costello, & J. Thomas Kellow, Peter R. Killeen, Jessica T. DeCuir-Gunby, Naomi Jeffery Petersen, William D. Schafer, Elizabeth A. Stuart & Donald B. Rubin, Spyros Konstantopoulos, Amy Overbay, Jason C. Cole, Bruce Thompson, Rand R. Wilcox, Chong Ho Yu, Michael Nussbaum, Sherif Elsadat, & Ahmed H. Khago, Yanyan Sheng, David Howell, Jason E. King, Carolyn J. Anderson & Leslie Rutkowski, Cody S. Ding, A. Alexander Beaujean, Frans E.S. Tan, Wolfgang Viechtbauer, Ralph O. Mueller & Gregory R. Hancock, Gianluca Baio & Marta Blangiardo, Ken Kelley, Keke Lai, & Po-Ju Wu

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4065-82007, 608 pages

Encyclopedia of Measurement and StatisticsEdited by

Neil J. SalkindUniversity of Kansas

The ideas and tools contained in the Encyclopedia of Measurement and Statistics are approachable and can be invaluable for understanding a very technical world and the increasing fl ow of information. Although

there are references that cover statistics and assessment in depth, none provides as comprehensive a resource in as focused and accessible a manner as the three vol-umes of this Encyclopedia. Through approximately 500 contributions, experts pro-vide an overview and an explanation of the major topics in these two areas.

Key Features

Covers every major facet of these two different, but highly integrated disciplines—from mean, mode, and median to reliability, validity, signifi cance, correlation, and much more—all without overwhelming the informed reader Offers cross-disciplinary coverage, with contributions from and applications to the fi elds of Psychology, Education, Sociology, Human Development, Political Science, Business and Management, Public Health, and others Provides cross-reference terms, further readings, and Web site URLs following most entries, as well as an extensive set of appendices and an annotated list of organizations relevant to measurement and statistics

A primary goal of creating this set of volumes is to open up the broad discipline of measurement and statistics to a wider and more general audience than usual. Edited by bestselling author Neil J. Salkind, this Encyclopedia is specifi cally designed to appeal to beginning and intermediate-level students, practitioners, researchers, and consumers of information. It is a welcome addition to any academic library.

Hardcover: $395.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1611-02007, 1416 pages

The SAGE Handbook of Spatial AnalysisEdited by

A Stewart FotheringhamUniversity of Newcastle upon Tyne, U.K.Peter A RogersonState University of New York, Buffalo

The widespread use of Geographical Information Systems (GIS) has signifi cantly increased the demand for knowl-

edge about spatial analytical techniques across a range of disciplines. As growing numbers of researchers realise they are dealing with spatial data, the demand for specialised statistical and mathematical methods designed to deal with spatial data is undergoing a rapid increase. Responding to this demand, The SAGE Handbook of Spatial Analysis is a comprehensive and authoritative discussion of issues and techniques in the fi eld of Spatial Data Analysis.

Aimed at an international audience of academics, The SAGE Handbook of Spatial Analysis will also prove essential to graduate level students and researchers in gov-ernment agencies and the private sector. Its principal focus is on:

Why the analysis of spatial data needs separate treatment

The main areas of spatial analysis

The key debates within spatial analysis

Examples of the application of various spatial analytical techniques

Problems in spatial analysis

Areas for future research

CONTENTS: 1. Introduction 2. The Special Nature of Spatial Data Stewart Fotheringham and Peter A. Rogerson 3. The role of GIS Robert Haining 4. Geovisualisation and Geovisual Analytics David Martin 5. Availability of Spatial Data Mining Techniques Urška Demšar 6. Spatial Autocorrelation Shashi Shekhar, Vijay Gandhi, Pusheng Zhaqng, and Ranga Raju

Vatsavai 7. The Modifi able Areal Unit Problem (MAUP) Marie-José Fortin and Mark R.T. Dale 8. Spatial Weights David Wong 9. Geostatistics and Spatial Interpolation Robin Dubin 10. Spatial Sampling Peter M. Atkinson and Christopher D. Lloyd 11. Statistical Inference for Geographical Processes Eric Delmelle 12. Fuzzy Sets in Spatial Analysis Chris Brunsdon 13. Geographically Weighted Regression Vincent B. Robinson 14. Spatial Regression Stewart Fotheringham 15. Spatial Microsimulation Luc Anselin 16. Detection of Clustering in Spatial Data D. Ballas and G. P. Clarke 17. Bayesian Spatial Analysis Lance Waller 18. Monitoring Changes in Spatial Patterns Andrew B. Lawson and Sudipto Banerjee 19. Case-Control Clustering for Mobile Populations Peter A. Rogerson 20. Neural Networks for Spatial Data Analysis Geoffrey M. Jacquez and Jaymie R. Meliker 21. Geocomputation Manfred M. Fischer 22. Applied retail location models using spatial interaction tools Harvey J. Miller 23. Spatial analysis on a network Morton E. O’Kelly 24. Challenges in Spatial Analysis Atsuyuki Okabe and Toshiaki Satoh 25. The Future for Spatial Analysis Michael F. Goodchild

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1082-8July 2008, 448 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 63: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

61P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

Handbook of Data AnalysisEdited by

Melissa A. HardyThe Pennsylvania State UniversityAlan BrymanUniversity of Leicester, U.K.

It provides a fi rst-class, reliable guide to the basic issues in data analysis, such as the construction of variables, the characterization of distributions and the notions of infer-

ence. No other book provides a better one-stop survey of the fi eld of data analysis.

CONTENTS: Introduction Melissa A. Hardy and Alan Bryman

PART I: FOUNDATIONS 1. Constructing Variables Alan Bryman and Duncan Cramer 2. Summarizing Distributions Melissa A. Hardy 3. Inference Lawrence Hazelrigg 4. Strategies for Analysis of Incomplete Data Mortaza Jamshidian 5. Feminist Issues in Data Analysis Mary Maynard 6. Historical Analysis Dennis Smith

PART II: THE GENERAL LINEAR MODEL AND EXTENSIONS 7. Multiple Regression Analysis Ross M. Stolzenberg 8. Incorporating Categorical Information into Regression Models Melissa A. Hardy and

John Reynolds 9. Analyzing Contingent Effects in Regression Models James Jaccard and Tonya Dodge10. Regression Models for Categorical Outcomes J. Scott Long and Simon Cheng 11. Log Linear Analysis Douglas L. Anderton and Eric Cheney

PART III: LONGITUDINAL MODELS 12. Modeling Change Nancy Brandon Tuma 13. Analyzing Panel Data Trond Petersen 14. Longitudinal Analysis for Continuous Outcomes Guang Guo and John Hipp 15. Event History Analysis Paul Allison 16. Sequence Analysis and Optimal Matching Techniques for Social Science Data Heather

MacIndoe and Andrew Abbott

PART IV: NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN MODELING 17. Sample Selection Bias Models Vincent Kang Fu, Christopher Winship and Robert D. Mare 18. Structural Equation Modeling Jodie B. Ullman and Peter M. Bentler 19. Multilevel Modeling William Browne and J. Rasbash 20. Causal Inference in Sociological Studies Christopher Winship and Michael Sobel 21. The Analysis of Social Networks Ronald L. Breiger

PART V: ANALYZING QUALITATIVE DATA 22. Tools of Qualitative Data Analysis Raymond M. Lee and Nigel G. Fielding 23. Content Analysis Roberto P. Franzosi 24. Semiotics and Data Analysis Peter K. Manning 25. Conversation Analysis Steve E. Clayman and Virginia Teas Gill 26. Discourse Analysis Jonathan Potter 27. Grounded Theory Nick Pidgeon and Karen Henwood 28. The Uses of Narrative in Social Science Research Barbara Czarniawska 29. Qualitative Research and the Postmodern Turn Sara Delamont and Paul Atkinson

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-6652-42004, 728 pages

The SAGE Handbook of Quantitative Methodology for the Social SciencesEdited by

David Kaplan

The SAGE Handbook of Quantitative Methodol-ogy for the Social Sciences is the defi nitive reference for teachers, students, and researchers of quantitative

methods in the social sciences, as it provides a comprehensive overview of the major techniques used in the fi eld. It provides the foundations for quantitative research, with cutting-edge insights on the effectiveness of each method, depending on the data and distinct research situation.

CONTENTS: SECTION I: SCALING 1. Dual Scaling Shizuhiko Nishisato 2. Multidimensional Scaling and Unfolding of Symmetric and Asymmetric Proximity

Relations Willem J. Heiser and Frank M.T.A. Busing 3. Principal Components Analysis With Nonlinear Optimal Scaling Transformations for

Ordinal and Nominal Data Jacqueline J. Muelman, Anita J. Van der Kooij, and Willem J. Heiser

SECTION II: TESTING AND MEASUREMENT 4. Responsible Modeling of Measurement Data for Appropriate Inferences Bruno D.

Zumbo and Andre A. Rupp 5. Test Modeling Ratna Nandakumar and Terry Ackerman 6. Differential Item Functioning Analysis Louis A. Roussos and William Stout 7. Understanding Computerized Adaptive Testing Hua-Hua Chang

SECTION III: MODELS FOR CATEGORICAL DATA 8. Trends in Categorical Data Analysis David Rindskopf 9 Ordinal Regression Models Valen E. Johnson and James H. Albert 10. Latent Class Models Jay Magidson and Jeroen K. Vermunt 11. Discrete-Time Survival Analysis John B. Willett and Judith D. Singer

SECTION IV: MODELS FOR MULTILEVEL DATA 12. An Introduction to Growth Modeling Donald Hedecker 13. Multilevel Models for School Effectiveness Research Russell W. Rumberger and Gregory

J. Palardy 14. The Use of Hierarchical Models in Analyzing Data from Experiments and Quasi-

Experiments Conducted in Field Settings Michael Seltzer 15. Meta-Analysis Spyros Konstantopoulos and Larry V. Hedges

SECTION V: MODELS FOR LATENT VARIABLES 16: Determining the Number of Factors in Exploratory and Confi rmatory Factor Analysis

Rick H. Hoyle and Jamieson L. Duvall 17. Experimental, Quasi-Experimental, and Nonexperimental Design and Analysis with

Latent Variables Gregory R. Hancock 18. Applying Dynamic Factor Analysis in Behavioral and Social Science Research John R.

Nesselroade and Peter C. M. Molenaar 19. Latent Variable Analysis Bengt Muthen

SECTION VI: FOUNDATIONAL ISSUES 20. Probabalistic Modeling with Bayesian Networks Richard E. Neapolitan and Scott Morris 21. The Null Ritual Gerd Gigerenzer, Stefan Krauss, and Oliver Vitouch 22. On Exogeneity David Kaplan 23. Objectivity in Science and Structural Equation Modeling Stanley A. Mulaik 24. Causal Inference Peter Spirtes, Richard Scheines, Clark Glymour, Thomas Richardson,

and Christopher Meek

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2359-62004, 528 pages

Quantitative Methods

Page 64: 08_researchmethods

62

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

The SAGE Qualitative Research KitEdited by

Uwe FlickAlice-Salomon University of Applied Sciences, Berlin

The SAGE Qualitative Research Kit is a major event in the world of Research Methods publishing. The kit comprises eight quality volumes that provide practical and accessible advice on how to conduct state-of-the-

art qualitative research. This is an ideal toolkit for students and researchers for use in planning and carrying out research in a variety of academic and professional environments. Each short text is written by leading researchers in each fi eld, and provides the reader with a hands-on guide to what it is really like to do qualitative research in the fi eld. Uwe Flick discusses each stage of the process of designing qualitative research in detail, including formulating a research question, selecting an appropriate strategy, conceptual framework and data source, and collecting and analyzing data.

CONTENTS: 1. Designing Qualitative Research Uwe Flick 2. Doing Interviews Steinar Kvale 3. Doing Ethnographic and Observational Research Michael Angrosino 4. Doing Focus Groups Rosaline S. Barbour 5. Using Visual Data in Qualitative Research Marcus Banks 6. Analysing Qualitative Data Graham R. Gibbs 7. Doing Conversation, Discourse and Document Analysis Tim Rapley 8. Managing Quality in Qualitative Research Uwe Flick

Hardcover: $199.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4974-92007, 1320 pages

Data AnalysisFOUR VOLUME SETEdited by

Sotirios SarantakosCharles Sturt University, Australia

This four-volume set presents the leading directions in data analysis and published in the ‘classic’ articles in the fi eld. It brings together the most outstanding ‘vintage’ and contemporary work that have helped defi ne and demarcate data analysis.

Volume I: Covers qualitative data analysis: choosing and processing data, approach-es to analysis and analytic techniques.

Volume II: Focuses on mixed methods: mixed method approaches and techniques, and the integration of fi ndings.

Volume III: Moves to quantitative data analysis: analysing survey data, text, structure and sequences, testing and multivariate analysis.

Volume IV: Concludes with issues surrounding the quality of research outcomes.

Hardcover: $1,050.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2276-02007, 1672 pages

MeasurementFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

David J. BartholomewLondon School of Economics

This four-volume set will therefore provide both an introduction to this method and will be of interest to measurement experts in many fi elds who will profi t from seeing their own areas of research set within a wider context.

Contributors Include: F. Galton, J. M. Cattell, C. Spearman, L. L. Thurstone, H. H Jasper, L. Guttman, S. S. Stevens, C. H. Coombs, P. F. Lazarsfeld, A. H. Barton, L. J. Cronbach, S. J. Prais, P. E. Meehl, D. J. Bartholomew, G. Rasch, H. M. Blalock, B. F. Green, D. J. Weiss and M. L. Davison, K. F. Schuessler, G. A. Fisher, A. Anastasi, J. Michell, L. Narens, R. .I Luce, K. Bollen, R. Lennox, K. Dean et al, H. Goldstein, D. J. Hand, A. F. Heath, J. Martin, J. Kruskal, P. A. P. Moran, M. Hamilton, R. Beals, D. H. Krantz, A. Tversky, D. R. Heise, G. W. Bohrnstedt, D. V. Lindley, R. R Rentz, W. L. Bashan, B. D. Wright, D. Andrich, J. A. Slinde, R. L. Linn, J. Gaito, P. Bech, P. G. Moore, D. Alwin, J. A. Kresnick, M. Knott, M. T. Albanese, J. Galbraith, S. M. Skevington, R. G. Niemi, S. C. Craig, F. Mettei, S. Kreiner, M. X. Delli Carpini, S. Keeler, G. A. Evans, A F. Heath, M. Lalljee, P. M. Fayers, D. J. Hand, G. King. et al, M. G. Kendall, A. B. Atkinson, P. Dasgupta, A. Sen, D. Starrett, D. G. Champernowne, A. F. Shorrocks, F. A. Cowell, K. Kuga, P. Smith, D. Mayston, P Smith, D. R. Cox et al, V. Dardon, F. Kainiford, and B. M. Balk

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0818-42006, 1664 pages

Quantitative Methods / Qualitative Methods

Page 65: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

63P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

Handbook of Critical and Indigenous MethodologiesEdited by

Norman K. DenzinUniversity of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

Yvonna S. LincolnTexas A&M University

Linda Tuhiwai SmithUniversity of Auckland, New Zealand

Built on the foundation of the landmark SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research, the Handbook of Critical and Indigenous Methodologies extends beyond the investigation of qualitative inquiry itself to explore the indigenous and non-indigenous voices

that inform research, policy, politics, and social justice. Editors Norman K. Denzin, Yvonna S. Lincoln, and Linda Tuhiwai Smith explore in depth some of the newer formulations of critical theories and many indigenous perspectives, and seek to make transparent the linkages between the two.

Key Features

• Contains global examples including South African, Hawaiian, Maori, Central African and Islamic ones

• Includes a “Who’s Who” of educators and researchers in critical methodologies

• Provides a comprehensive body of work that represents the state of the art for critical methodologies and indigenous discourses

• Covers the history of critical and indigenous theory and how it came to inform and impact qualitative research and indigenous peoples to the critical constructs themselves

• Offers an historical representation of critical theory, critical pedagogy, and indigenous discourse

• Explores critical theory and action theory, and their hybrid discourses: PAR, feminism, action research, social constructivism, ethnodrama, community action research, poetics

• Presents a candid conversation between indigenous and non-indigenous discourses

This Handbook serves as a guide to help Western researchers understand the new and reconfi gured territories they might wish to explore.

CONTENTS

PART I: LOCATING THE FIELD: PERFORMING THEORIES OF DECOLONIZING INQUIRY

Contributors Include: Beth Blue Swadener, Kagendo Mutua, Gaile S. Cannella, Kathryn D. Manuelito, Gloria Ladson-Billings, Jamel Donnor, Chris Dunbar, Bryant Alexander, Joe L. Kincheloe, Shirley R. Steinberg, Michelle Fine, Eve Tuck, Sarah Zeller-Berkman, Henry A. Giroux, Susan Searls Giroux, Nathalia Jaramillo, and Peter McLaren

PART II: CRITICAL INDIGENOUS INTERPRETIVE PEDAGOGIES

Contributors Include: Manulani Alui Meyer Kanaka aoli o Hawaiinuiakea, Tamaki Makaurau, Sandy Grande, Cinthya M. Saavedra, Ellen Demas, Cynthia B. Dillard, and Christopher Darius Stonebanks

PART III: CRITICAL INTERPRETIVE INDIGENOUS INQUIRY PRACTICES

Contributors Include: Elizabeth Cook-Lynn, Keyan G Tomaselli, Lauren Dyll, Mick Francis, Stacey Holman Jones, Tony Adams, D. Soyini Madison, and Radhika Parameswaran

PART IV: POWER AND TRUTH, ETHICS, AND SOCIAL JUSTICE

Contributors Include: Russell Bishop, Timothy Begaye, Alison Jonesan, Kuni Jenkins, Gregory Cajete, Marie Battiste, Wanda McCaslin Denise Breton, Anje Krog, Nosisi Mpolweni-Zantsi, Kopano Ratele, and Luis Mirón

Order Online forFastest Delivery!

Paperback: $130.00ISBN: 978-1-4129-1803-9

May 2008, 1134 pages

COMING SOON!

Qualitative Methods

Page 66: 08_researchmethods

64

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

CONTENTS

PART I: KNOWING Ardra L. Cole and J. Gary Knowle, Elliot Eisner, Thomas King

PART II: METHODOLOGIES Ardra L. Cole and J. Gary Knowles, Shaun McNiff, Sandra Weber, Ardra L. Cole and J. Gary Knowles, Susan Finley, Stephanie Springgay, Rita L. Irwin, and Sylvia Kind, Lorri Neilsen

PART III: GENRES Ardra L. Cole and J. Gary Knowles, Tom Barone, Norman Denzin, Karen Scott-Hoy and Carolyn Ellis, Cynthia Chambers and Erika Hasebe-Ludt with Dwayne Donald, Wanda Hurren, Carl Leggo, and Antoinette Oberg, Stephen Banks, Carl Leggo, Donald Blumenfeld-Jones, Ronald J. Pelias, Johnny Saldaña, Robert Donmoyer and June Yennie Donmoyer, Liora Bresler, Graeme Sullivan, Claudia Mitchell and Susan Allnutt, Lynn Butler-Kisber, Alex deCosson, Ardra L. Cole & Maura McIntyre, Janice Rahn, Robert Runte, Troy Lovata, Christine McKenzie, Deborah Barndt, H. K. Ball

PART IV: INQUIRY PROCESSES Ardra L. Cole and J. Gary Knowles, Jo-ann Archibald, Lorri Neilsen, Mary Beth Cancienne, Jon Prosser and Catherine Burke, Kathryn Church, Janice Jipson and Nick Paley

PART V: ISSUES AND CHALLENGES Ardra L. Cole and J. Gary Knowles, Jim Mienczakowski and Teresa Moore, Chris Sinding, Ross Gray, and Jeff Nisker, Elizabeth deFreitas, Valerie Janesick, Tom Barone, Kelli Jo Kerry Moran, Ross Gray and Ardra L. Cole, J. Gary Knowles and Sara Promislow

PART VI: ARTS IN RESEARCH ACROSS DISCIPLINES Ardra L. Cole and J. Gary Knowles, Ruth Behar, Graham Higgs, Lekkie Hopkins, Christine van Halen-Faber and C. T. Patrick Diamond, Adrienne Chambon, Vangie Bergum and Dianne Godkin, Jeff Nisker, Ignagni and Kathryn Church, Laura Brearley and Lotte Darso, Andrew Sparkes

The bringing together of the arts and qualitative inquiry is changing the face of social science research. The increasing shift toward arts-based research has raised complex questions, such as how to evaluate its quality and even whether distinctions exist between what is art and what

is research. In the Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative Research, editors J. Gary Knowles and Ardra L. Cole bring together the top scholars in qualitative methods to provide a comprehensive overview of where arts-based research has come, and where it is going. Through various categories of art and art-based research - namely epistemological, historical, methodological, thematic - this defi ning work will address all the signifi cant issues of conceiving and conducting arts-based or arts-informed research in the social sciences and humanities, as well as the challenges of composing fi nal representations of the research.

Key Features

• An exploration of the art/science debate

• The history and epistemology of the arts in the social sciences

• An analysis of classic and emerging methodologies and approaches that employ the arts in the qualitative research process

• Comprehensive coverage of the genres employed by qualitative researchers, including literary forms, performance, visual art, media, narrative, folk art, and more

• Discussion of the issues and challenges faced when employing art in research: ethical issues, academic merit issues, and even funding issues

• An overview of the current or potential role of the arts in specifi c disciplines, including the humanities, media and communications, anthropology, sociology, psychology, women’s studies, education, social work, nursing, and health and medicine

Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative ResearchPerspectives, Methodologies, Examples, and IssuesEdited by

J. Gary KnowlesOntario Institute of Education Studies, University of Toronto, Canada

Ardra L. ColeOntario Institute of Education Studies, University of Toronto, Canada

Order Online forFastest Delivery!

Paperback: $130.00ISBN: 978-1-4129-0531-2

2007, 720 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 67: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

65P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

The SAGE Handbook of Action ResearchParticipative Inquiry and Practice

SECOND EDITIONEdited by

Peter ReasonUniversity of Bath, U.K.Hilary BradburyUniversity of Southern California

Building on the strength of the seminal First Edition, The Sage Handbook of Ac-tion Research has been completely updated to bring chapters in line with the latest qualitative and quantitative approaches in this fi eld of social inquiry. Editors Peter Reason and Hilary Bradbury have introduced new part commentaries that draw links between different contributions and show their interrelations. Throughout, the contributing authors really engage with the pragmatics of doing action research and demonstrate how this can be a rich and rewarding refl ective practice. They tackle questions of how to integrate knowledge with action, how to collaborate with co-researchers in the fi eld, and how to present the necessarily ‘messy’ components in a coherent fashion. The organization of the volume refl ects the many different issues and levels of analysis represented. This volume is an essential resource for scholars and professionals engaged in social and political inquiry, organizational research and education.

Contributors Include: Peter Reason, Hilary Bradbury, Patricia Gayá Wicks, Marja Liisa Swantz, Anisur Rahman, Bjørn Gustavsen, Agneta Hansson, Thoralf U. Qvale, Phil Mirvis, Eric Neilsen, William Pasmore, / Colleen Reid, Wendy Frisby, M. Brinton Lykes, Amelia Mallona, Stephen Kemmis, Ray Ison, Kenneth J. Gergen, Mary M. Gergen, John Gaventa, Andrea Cornwall, Danielle P. Zandee, David L. Cooperrider, Mary Brydon Miller, Morten Levin, Davydd Greenwood, L. David Brown, Rajesh Tandon, William R. Torbert, Steven S. Taylor, Victor J Friedman, Tim Rogers, Edgar H. Schein, James D. Ludema, Ronald E. Fry, Robert Cham-bers, Mike Pedler, John Burgoyne, Tom Wakeford with Jasber Singh, Bano Murtuja, Peter Bryant, Michel Pimbert, / George Roth, John Heron, Ian Hughes, Ann W Martin, Michelle Fine, Maria Elena Torre, Sonia Ospina, Jennifer Dodge, Erica Foldy, Amparo Hofmann-Pinilla, Greg Lahood, Jennifer Mullett, Marianne Kristiansen, Jørgen Bloch-Poulsen, Taj Johns, Lyle Yorks, Arnold Aprill, LaDon James, Anita Ress, Sonia Ospina, Amparo Hoffman-Pinilla, Rita Kowalski, Mariann Jelinek, Ph.D., Meghna Guhathakurta, María Teresa Castillo, María Dolores Viga de Alva, Federico Dickinson, Lai Fong Chui, Ernie Stringer, Gillian Chowns, Chris Dymek, Jill Grant, Geoff Nelson, Terry Mitchell, Kate Louise McArdle, Jenny Mackewn, Geoff Mead, David Coghlan,A.B.(Rami) Shani, Steven S. Taylor, Jenny W. Rudolph, Erica Gabrielle Foldy, Morten Levin, Judi Marshall

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2029-22007, 752 pages

The SAGE Handbook of Grounded TheoryEdited by

Antony BryantLeeds Metropolitan University, U.K.

Kathy CharmazSonoma State University, Rohnert Park

The SAGE Handbook of Grounded Theory gives a comprehensive overview of the theory and practice of

Grounded Theory, taking into account the many attempts to revise and refi ne Glaser and Strauss’ original formulation and the debates that have followed. The contribu-tions cover a wide range of perspectives on the method, including its features and ramifi cations, its intricacies in use, its demands on the skills and capabilities of the researcher, and its position in the domain of research methods.

CONTENTS: PART I: ORIGINS AND HISTORY 1. GT in Historical Perspective Antony Bryant & Kathy Charmaz 2. Discovery of GT in Practice Eleanor Krassner Covan 3. Living GT Susan Leigh Star

PART II: GTM AND FORMAL GT 4. Doing Formal Theory Barney Glaser 5. Essential Properties for Growing GT Phyllis Stern 6. Evolution of Formal GT Margaret Kearney 7. Orthodoxy versus Power Jane Hood

PART III: GT IN PRACTICE 8. Grounding Categories Ian Dey 9. Development of Categories Udo Kelle 10. Abduction Jo Reichertz 11. Sampling in GT Janice Morse 12. Memo-writing in GT Lora Lempert 13. Coding Judith Holton

PART IV: PRACTICALITIES 14. Making Teams work in Conducting GT Carolyn Wiener 15. Teaching GT Sharlene Hesse-Biber 16. GT as a Tool for IS Research Cathy Urquhart

PART V: GT IN THE RESEARCH METHODS CONTEXT 17. GT and Situational Analysis Adele Clarke & Carrie Friese 18. GT and Action Research Bob Dick 19. Integrating GT and Feminist Methods Virginia Olesen 20. Accommodating Critical Theory Barry Gibson 21. GT and the Politics of Interpretation Norman Denzin 22. GT & Diversity Denise O’Neil Green, John W. Creswell, Ronald J. Shope, Vicki L. Plano

Clark 23. Ethnography Stefan Timmermans & Iddo Tavory

PART VI: GT IN THE CONTEXT OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 24. GT and Refl exivity Katja Mruck & Guenter Mey 25. Mediating Structure and Interaction Bruno Hildenbrand 26. Tensions in Using GT Karen Locke 27. GT & Pragmatism Joerg Struebing

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2346-02007, 656 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 68: 08_researchmethods

66

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative ResearchTHIRD EDITIONEdited by

Norman K. DenzinUniversity of Illinois at Urbana-ChampaignYvonna S. LincolnTexas A&M University

The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research, Third Edition, represents the state of the art for the theory and practice of qualitative inquiry. Built on the foundations of the landmark First and Second Editions (1994, 2000), the Third Edition moves qualitative research boldly into the 21st century. The organization is clear and sensible, moving from the general to the specifi c and from the past to the present and the future.

Contributors Include: Norman K. Denzin, Yvonna S. Lincoln, Davydd Greenwood, Morten Levin, Michelle Fine, Lois Weis, Linda Tuhiwai Smith, Russell Bishop, Clifford G. Christians, Egon G. Guba, Douglas Foley, Angela Valenzuela, Virginia Olesen, Gloria Ladson-Billings, Jamel Donner, Joe L. Kincheloe, Peter McLaren, Paula Saukko, Ken Plummer, Julianne Cheek, Bryant Keith Alexander, Robert E. Stake, Barbara Tedlock, James A. Holstein, Jaber F. Gubrium, Kathy Charmaz, D. Soyini Madison, John Beverley, Stephen Kemmis, Robin McTag-gart, William L. Miller, Benjamin F. Crabtree, Susan E. Chase, Susan Finley, Andrea Fontana, James H. Frey, Michael V. Angrosino, Douglas Harper, Stacey Holman Jones, Annette N. Markham, Paul Atkinson, Sara Delamont, James Joseph Scheurich, Kathryn Bell McKenzie, Anssi Perakyla, George Kamberelis, Greg Dimitriadis, John K. Smith, Phil Hodkinson, Laurel Richardson, Elisabeth St. Pierre, Ivan Brady, Kathleen Stewart, Stephen J. Hartnett, Jeremy D. Engels, Ernest House, Zygmunt Bauman, Douglas R. Holmes, and George E. Marcus

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2757-02005, 1232 pages

CHOICE 2002 Outstanding Academic Title

Handbook of Interview ResearchContext and Method

Edited by

Jaber F. GubriumUniversity of MissouriJames A. HolsteinMarquette University

The Handbook of Interview Research offers a com-prehensive examination of the interview at the cutting edge of information technol-ogy in the context of a challenging postmodern environment. The Handbook is also a story that spins a particular tale that moves from the commonly recognized indi-vidual interview as an instrument for gathering data to refl ections on the interview as an integral part of the information we gather about individuals and society

CONTENTS: PART I: FORMS OF INTERVIEWING

PART II: DISTINCTIVE RESPONDENTS

PART III: AUSPICES OF INTERVIEWING

PART IV: TECHNICAL ISSUES

PART V: ANALYTICAL STRATEGIES

PART VI: REFLECTION AND REPRESENTATION

Hardcover: $155.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-1951-32001, 1000 pages

Handbook of Narrative InquiryMapping a Methodology

Edited by

D. Jean ClandininUniversity of Alberta, Canada

The Handbook outlines the historical development and philosophical underpinnings of narrative inquiry as well as describes different forms of narrative inquiry.

CONTENTS: PART I: SITUATING NARRATIVE INQUIRY Contributors Include: D. Jean Clandinin, Stefi nee Pinnegar, J. Gary Daynes, and Jerry Rosiek

PART II: STARTING WITH TELLING STORIES Contributors Include: Janice Huber, Barbara Morgan-Fleming, Sandra Riegle, Wesley Fryer,

Annie G. Rogers, Mark Freeman, Sandra Hollingsworth, Mary Dybdahl, Jenna Baddeley, Jefferson A. Singer, Dilma Maria de Mello, and Robert Atkinson

PART III: STARTING WITH LIVING STORIES Contributors Include: Stefi nee Pinnegar, Cheryl J. Craig, Janice Huber, Hedy Bach, Jean McNiff, and David M. Boje

PART IV: NARRATIVE INQUIRY IN THE PROFESSIONS Contributors Include: Barbara Morgan-Fleming, Freema Elbaz-Luwisch, Barbara Czarniawski,

Cheryl Mattingly, Catherine Kohler Riessman, & Jane Speedy

PART V: COMPLEXITIES IN NARRATIVE INQUIRY Contributors Include: Janice Huber, Stefi nee Pinnegar, Min-Ling Tsai, Molly Andrews, and

Maenette K. P. Benham,

PART VI: NARRATING PERSISTING ISSUES IN NARRATIVE INQUIRY Contributors Include: Barbara Morgan-Fleming, Ruthellen Josselson, and Margot Ely

PART VII: FUTURE POSSIBILITIESContributors Include: D. Jean Clandinin, Nona Lyons & M. Shaun Murphy

Hardcover: $125.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1562-52007, 720 pages

AESA CRITICS’ CHOICE AWARD WINNER 2006

Handbook of Feminist ResearchTheory and Praxis

Edited by

Sharlene Nagy Hesse-BiberBoston College

This Handbook stresses the interconnections between epistemology, methodology and methods. They are not de-linked from each other but work together in dynamic

ways to produce new knowledge and this openness itself is also characteristic of how feminist researchers approach their work.

Contributors Include: Sharlene Nagy Hesse-Biber, Catherine Hundleby, Sandra Harding, Susanne Gannon, Bronwyn Davies, Hyun Sook Kim, Sally L. Kitch, Deborah Piatelli, Wanda S. Pillow, Cris Mayo, Marjorie L. DeVault, Glenda Gross, Kathi Miner-Rubino, Toby Epstein Jayaratne, Julie Konik, Sue V. Rosser, Shulamit Reinharz, Rachel Kulick, Sharon Brisolara, De-nise Seigart, M. Brinton Lykes, Erzulie Coquillon, Abigail J. Stewart, Elizabeth R. Cole, Adele E. Clarke, Pamela Moss, Sarah Maddison, Dorothy E. Smith, Abigail Brooks, Judith Roof, Kathy Charmaz, Laurel Richardson, Mary Hawkesworth, Judith Preissle, Helen E. Longino, Noretta Koertge, Nancy A. Naples, Liz Stanley, Sue Wise, Diane Reay, Michelle Fine, Katherine Bor-land, Bonnie Thornton Dill, Amy E. McLaughlin, Angel David Nieves, Kum-Kum Bhavnani, Jennifer Bickham Mendez, Diane L. Wolf, Maria Mies, Lynn Weber, Debra Renee Kaufman, Daphne Patai, Judith A. Cook, and Mary Margaret Fonow

Hardcover: $125.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0545-92007, 768 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 69: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

67P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

The Focus Group KitVolumes 1-6David L. MorganPortland State UniversityRichard A. KruegerUniversity of Minnesota, St Paul

The kit provides you with all you’ll need to know to run a successful focus group, from initial planning stages to asking questions, from moderating to the fi nal analyzing and reporting of your research.

CONTENTS: Volume 1. The Focus Group Guidebook David L. Morgan Volume 2. Planning Focus Groups David L. Morgan Volume 3. Developing Questions For Focus Groups Richard A. Krueger Volume 4. Moderating Focus Groups Richard A. Krueger Volume 5. Involving Community Members in Focus Groups Richard A. Krueger and Jean

A. King Volume 6. Analyzing & Reporting Focus Group Results Richard A. Krueger

Kit Print: $207.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-0760-21997, 692 pages

Qualitative Research 2FOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Alan BrymanUniversity of Leicester, U.K.

Refl ecting the growth of interest among qualitative researchers in the nature of their craft, this collection extends the value of the critically acclaimed First Edition of Qualitative Research, edited by Alan Bryman and Robert G. Burgess by emphasizing key issues that demand the attention of qualitative researchers.

CONTENTS: Volume One: Collecting Data for Qualitative Research Volume Two: Quality Issues in Qualitative Research Volume Three: Issues of Representation, Realism and Refl exivity Volume Four: Qualitative Data Analysis

Hardcover: $1,050.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1164-12007, 1720 pages

Conversation AnalysisFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Paul DrewUniversity of York, U.K.

John HeritageUniversity of California, Los Angeles

This comprehensive collection, brought together by two of the leading fi gures in conversation analysis, will be indispensable to researchers in not only linguistics but sociology, social psychology, communications, and health sciences whose work in-volved the language and linguistic features of social action.

CONTENTS: Volume One: Turn-Taking and Repair Volume Two: Sequence and Organization Volume Three: Turn Design and Action Formation Volume Four: Institutional Interactions

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1848-02006, 1624 pages

Narrative MethodsFOUR VOLUME SETEdited by

Paul AtkinsonCardiff University, U.K.Sara DelamontCardiff University, U.K.

The aims of this compilation are to:

Demonstrate the deeply rooted nature of this approach across the social sciences

Reveal the contested nature of the narrative turn

Emphasize the methodological strengths and weakness associated with the collection and analysis of narrative, life story and performance

Break down the barriers between the disciplines in their uses of such material

CONTENTS: VOLUME ONE

PART I: JUSTIFICATION PART II: TRADITIONS PART III: METHODS

VOLUME TWO

PART I: NARRATIVES PART II: EXAMPLES

VOLUME THREE

PART I: LIFE HISTORY, ORAL HISTORY, ETC. PART II: AUTO-ETHNOGRAPHY VOLUME FOUR

PART I: PERFORMANCE AND PERFORMERS PART II: OTHER PERFORMERS PART III: TESTIMONIOS

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0150-52006, 1640 pages

Qualitative Methods

For FASTEST delivery, order online! www.sagepub.com

Page 70: 08_researchmethods

68

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

FieldworkFOUR VOLUME SETEdited by

Christopher PoleUniversity of Leicester, U.K.

Fieldwork is one of the richest research methods in the Social Sciences. Originally, the preserve of anthropologists, notably Bronislaw Malinowski, it has now achieved a much wider relevance. This four volume set provides the most systematic guide to the method. The collection is a superb addition to the series, providing readers with a comprehensive and indispensable critical guide to Fieldwork.

CONTENTS: VOLUME ONE: ORIGINS AND DEFINITIONS OF FIELDWORK VOLUME TWO: THE FIELDWORK EXPERIENCE: METHODS AND METHODOLOGY VOLUME THREE: ETHICS AND POLITICS IN FIELDWORK VOLUME FOUR: FIELDWORK: ANALYSIS, OUTCOMES AND REFLECTIONS

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0030-02005, 1560 pages

Mixed Methods Research

Mixed MethodsFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Alan BrymanUniversity of Leicester

Volume I is concerned with outlining the epistemological and ontological issues relating to the debate about quantitative and qualitative research and how these have an impact on the possibility of mixing methods. Volume II is concerned with the combination of different methods within quantitative research and within qualita-tive research. Volume III addresses the methodological issues involved in combining quantitative and qualitative research - the different ways in which mixed-methods research is actually accomplished. Volume IV continues the kinds of material used in Volume III but will also include some examples of combining quantitative and quali-tative research.

CONTENTS: VOLUME I EPISTEMOLOGICAL AND ONTOLOGICAL ISSUES VOLUME II:MIXING METHODS AND TRIANGULATION VOLUME III: METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES IN COMBINING QUANTITATIVE AND

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH VOLUME IV: EXAMPLES OF COMBINING QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE

RESEARCH

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1163-42006, 1680 pages

Visual Research MethodsFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Peter HamiltonThe Open University

This collection brings together the contributions of key writers within both the sym-bolic and empirical research traditions, presenting the most infl uential statements on visual research methods and the central debates about visual culture in a diversity of fi elds.

CONTENTS: PART I: CLASSICAL HISTORICAL STATEMENTS

PART II: THE OBJECTIVITY OF THE VISUAL

PART III: VISUAL TECHNOLOGIES

PART IV: THE VISUAL AS METHOD

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0151-22006, 1696 pages

Documentary ResearchFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

John ScottUniversity of Essex, Colchester, U.K.

Documentary research involves the use of texts and documents as source materials: government publications, newspapers, certifi cates, census publications, novels, fi lm and video, paintings, personal photographs, diaries and innumerable other written, visual and pictorial sources in paper, electronic, or other `hard copy’ form. Along with surveys and ethnography, documentary research is one of the three major types of social research and arguably has been the most widely used of the three throughout the history of sociology and other social sciences. It has been the principal method - indeed, sometimes the only one - for leading sociologists.

The key issues surrounding types of documents and our ability to use them as reli-able sources of evidence on the social world must be considered by all who use documents in their research. The paucity of sources available until now means that this compendium will be invaluable to social researchers.

CONTENTS: Volume One: Theory and Methods in Documentary Research Volume Two: Personal Documents: Autobiographies, Letters and Photographs Volume Three: Published Sources, The Mass Media and Cyber Documents Volume Four: Offi cial Reports, Administrative Records and Offi cial Statistics

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0817-72006, 1592 pages

Qualitative Methods

Page 71: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

69P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioral ResearchEdited by

Abbas TashakkoriFlorida International UniversityCharles TeddlieLouisiana State University, Baton Rouge

The Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Be-havioral Research contains a gold mine of articles by leading scholars on what has come to be known as the third methodological movement in social research. Aimed at surveying the differing viewpoints and disciplinary approaches of mixed methods, this breakthrough book examines mixed methods from the research enterprise to paradigmatic issues to application.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE RESEARCH ENTERPRISE IN THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES: THEN AND NOW 1. Major Issues and Controversies in the Use of Mixed Methods in the Social and

Behavioral Sciences Charles Teddlie, Abbas Tashakkori 2. Pragmatic Threads in Mixed Methods Research in the Social Sciences Spencer Maxey 3. Making Parardigmatic Sense of Mixed-Method Practice Jennifer Greene, Valerie

Caracelli 4. Cultural Distance, Levels of Abstraction and the Advantages of Mixed Methods Fathali

M. Moghaddam, Ben Walker, Rom Harre 5. Mixed Methods and the Politics of Human Research Donna Mertens

PART II: METHODOLOGICAL AND ANALYTICAL ISSUES FOR MIXED METHODS RESEARCH 6. A Typology of Research Purposes and its Relationship to Mixed Methods Isadore

Newman, Carolyn S. Ridenour, Carole Newman, George M. DeMarco, Jr. 7. Principles of Mixed-and Multi-Method Research Design Janice Morse 8. Advanced Mixed Methods Research Design John Creswell, Michelle Guttman, Vicki

Plano-Clark 9. Mixed Methods Design Joseph A. Maxwell, Diane Loomis 10. Mixed Method Sampling Strategies in Social Science Research Elizabeth Kemper, Sam

Stringfi eld, Charles Teddlie 11. Data Collection Strategies in Mixed Methods Research R. Burke Johnson, Lisa A.

Turner 12. Tables or Tableaux? The Challenges of Writing and Reading Mixed Methods Studies

Margarete Sandelowski 13. A Framework for Analyzing Data in Mixed Methods Research Anthony Onwueghbuzie,

Charles Teddlie 14. Computerized Data Analysis for Mixed Methods Research Patricia Bazeley 15. Impact of Mixed Methods and Design on Inference Quality Steven Miller 16. Making Inferences in Mixed Methods Christian Erzberger, Udo Kelle

PART III: APPLICATIONS AND EXAMPLES OF MIXED METHODS RESEARCH ACROSS DISCIPLINES 17. Mixed Methods in Evaluation Contexts Sharon F. Rallis, Gretchen B. Rossman 18. Research Methods in Management and Organizational Research Steven C. Curall,

Annette J. Towler 19. The Status of Mixed Methods in the Health Sciences Melinda S. Forthofer 20. Status of Mixed Methods Research in Nursing Sheila Twinn 21. Mixed Methods in Psychological Research Cindy Waszack, Marylyn C. Sines 22. Multimethod Research in Sociology Albert Hunter, John Brewer 23. The Pragmatic and Dialectical Lenses Tonette S. Rocco, Linda A. Bliss, Suzanne

Gallagher, Aixa Perez-Prado, Cengiz Alacaci, Eric S. Dwyer, Joyce C. Fine, N.Eleni Pappamihiel

PART IV: CONCLUSIONS AND FUTURE DIRECTIONS 24. Teaching Mixed Methods Research John W. Creswell, Abbas Tashakkori, Ken Jensen,

Kathy Shapley 25. Collaborative Mixed-Method Research Lyn M. Shulha and Robert J. Wilson 26. The Past and the Future of Mixed Methods Research Abbas Tashakkori, Charles Teddlie

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2073-12002, 784 pages

The SAGE Handbook of EvaluationEdited by

Ian ShawUniversity of York, U.K.Jennifer C. GreeneUniversity of Illinois, Urbana-ChampaignMelvin M. MarkPennsylvania State University

In this comprehensive Handbook, an examination of the complexities of contempo-rary evaluation contributes to the ongoing dialogue that arises in professional efforts to evaluate people-related programs, policies, and practices. The SAGE Handbook of Evaluation is a unique and authoritative resource consisting of 25 chapters cov-ering a range of evaluation theories and techniques in a single, accessible volume.

CONTENTS: 1. The Evaluation of Policies, Programs and Practices Melvin M. Mark, Jennifer C. Greene

and Ian Shaw

PART I: ROLE AND PURPOSE OF EVALUATION IN SOCIETY 2. The Purposes of Evaluation in a Democratic Society Eleanor Chelimsky 3. Roles for Theory in Contemporary Evaluation Practice Stewart I. Donaldson and Mark W.

Lipsey 4. Evaluation for Practice Improvement and Organizational Learning Patricia J. Rogers and

Bob Williams 5. Evaluation and the Study of Lived Experience Thomas A. Schwandt and Holli Burgon6. Evaluation, Democracy and Social Change Jennifer C. Greene 7. Evaluation after Disenchantment? Five Issues Shaping the Role of Evaluation in Society

Peter Dahler-Larsen

PART II: EVALUATION AS A SOCIAL PRACTICE 8. Government as Structural Context for Evaluation Phil Davies, Kathryn Newcomer and

Haluk Soydan 9. The Social Relations of Evaluation Tineke A. Abma 10. Intellectual Contexts John Stevenson and David Thomas 11. The Relationship between Evaluation and Politics Ove Karlsson Vestman and Ross F.

Conner 12. Ethics in Evaluation Helen Simons 13. A Comparative Analysis of Evaluation Utilization and Its Cognate Fields of Inquiry J.

Bradley Cousins and Lyn M. Shulha 14. Contextual Challenges for Evaluation Practice Elliot Stern

PART III: THE PRACTICE OF EVALUATION 15. Methods for Policymaking and Knowledge Development Evaluations Melvin M. Mark

and Gary T. Henry 16. Embedding Improvements, Lived Experience and Social Justice in Evaluation Practice

Elizabeth Whitmore et al 17. Managing Evaluations Robert Walker and Michael Wiseman 18. Communicating Evaluation Marvin C. Alkin, Christina A. Christie and Mike Rose 19. On Discerning Quality in Evaluation Robert E. Stake and Thomas A. Schwandt 20. The Practice of Evaluation Lois-ellin Datta

PART IV: DOMAINS OF EVALUATION PRACTICE 21. Evaluation in Education David Nevo 22. Evaluation of Health Services Andrew Long 23. Social Work and the Human Services Ian Shaw with Carol T Mowbray and Hazel

Qureshi24. Evaluation in Criminal Justice Nick Tilley and Alan Clarke 25. Evaluation of Development Interventions and Humanitarian Action Osvaldo

Feinsteinand Tony Beck 26. Evidence-Based Evaluation in Different Professional Domains Alan Clarke

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-7305-82006, 632 pages

Mixed Methods Research

Page 72: 08_researchmethods

70

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

CONTENTS

PART I: STATE OF THE ART Contributors Include: Harry P. Hatry, Kathryn

Newcomer, and Owen Hughes,

PART II: USING PERFORMANCE INFORMATION TO IMPROVE PROGRAM PERFORMANCE AND ACCOUNTABILITY Contributors Include: Patria de Lancer

Julnes, Monica Brezzi, Laura Raimondo, Francesca Utili, Barry Leighton, Cheryle Broom, Edward T. Jennings, and David N. Ammons

PART III: INFORMING AND INVOLVING CITIZENS AND OTHER STAKEHOLDERSContributors Include: Kaifeng Yang,

Seungbeom Choi, Katherine E. Ryan, Katharine Mark, Marc Holzer, and Katherine Kolby

PART IV: PERFORMANCE BUDGETINGContributors Include: Frances Stokes Berry,

David Arellano-Gault, Edgar E. Ramirez de la Cruz, Martha Wellman, Gary VanLandingham, John Halligan, and Carl Moravitz

PART V: QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE IN PUBLIC AND NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS Contributors Include: Maria P. Aristigueta,

Wouter Van Dooren, Miekatrien Sterck, Geert Bouckaert, Nick Thijs, and Patrick Staes

PART VI. PULLING IT ALL TOGETHER Contributors Include: John M. Kamensky

and Jay Fountain

The International Handbook of Practice-Based Performance Management serves as a vehicle for the dissemination of these new performance measurement strategies. The book combines conceptual and practical applications with an emphasis on cutting-edge practices

in the U.S. and abroad. This Handbook boasts two unique features: it represents the most notable examples of performance measurement in Canada, Latin America, Asia, Oceania, Europe as well as the U.S.; second, the book supports the integration of theory and practice, with linked chapters that introduce the literature on key topics.

Key Features

• Instructs students how to design, implement, and conduct performance management systems

• Provides performance management system information for all three levels of government

• International orientation of the text is complemented by the latest theoretical and practice developments

• Includes the most notable examples of performance measurement in Canada, Latin America, Europe and Eastern Europe.

International Handbook of Practice-Based Performance ManagementEdited by

Patria de Lancer JulnesUtah State University

Frances Stokes BerryFlorida State University

Maria P. AristiguetaUniversity of Delaware

Kaifeng YangFlorida State University

Order Online forFastest Delivery!

Paperback: $125.00ISBN: 978-1-4129-4012-2

2007, 560 pages

Mixed Methods Research

Page 73: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

71P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

Encyclopedia of EvaluationEdited by

Sandra MathisonUniversity of British Columbia, Canada

The Encyclopedia of Evaluation is an authoritative, fi rst-of-its-kind who, what, where, why, and how of the fi eld of evaluation. Covering professional practice as well as academia, this volume chronicles the development of the fi eld—its history, key fi gures, theories, approaches,

and goals. The entries in this Encyclopedia capture the essence of evaluation as a practice, as a profession and as a discipline. This Encyclopedia covers all of the rel-evant methodologies, including both qualitative and quantitative approaches.

CONTENTS: 1. List of Entries 2. Reader’s Guide 3. List of Contributors 4. About the Editor 5. About the Contributors 6. Preface 7. Entries A-W 8. Author Index 9. Subject Index

Hardcover: $160.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2609-22005, 520 pages

Evaluation Research MethodsFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Elliot SternThe Tavistock Institute, U.K.

The collection offers a unique and unparalleled guide to this rapidly expanding re-search method. It demonstrates how method and theory are applied in policy and strategy and will be an invaluable addition to any social science library.

CONTENTS: PART I: FOUNDATIONS ISSUES IN EVALUATION

PART II: EVALUATION PRACTICE FOR ENGAGEMENT

PART III: EXPLANATORY AND ECONOMIC MODELS

PART IV: STRENGTHENING POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES

Hardcover: $910.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0152-92005, 1736 pages

Research Methods in Business and Marketing

Handbook of Collaborative Management ResearchEdited by

A. B. (Rami) ShaniCalifornia Polytechnic State UniversitySusan Albers MohrmanUniversity of Southern California

William A. PasmoreOliver Wyman Delta ConsultingBengt StymneStockholm School of EconomicsNiclas AdlerJönköping International Business School

This Handbook provides the latest thinking, methodologies and cases in the rapidly growing area of collaborative management research.

CONTENTS: PART I: FRAMING THE ISSUES PART II: COLLABORATIVE RESEARCH MECHANISMS AND PROCESSES PART III: EXEMPLARS: CASES AND PROJECTS PART IV: THE MULTIPLE VOICES OF COLLABORATIVE RESEARCH PART V: ENABLERS, CHALLENGES, AND SKILLS

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2624-92008, 696 pages

Research Methods in Communication

The SAGE Sourcebook of Advanced Data Analysis Methods for Communication ResearchEdited by

Andrew F. Hayes and Michael D. SlaterThe Ohio State UniversityLeslie B. SnyderUniversity of Connecticut

This sourcebook provides an introductory treatment of various advanced statistical methods applied to research in the fi eld of communication.

CONTENTS: 1. Overview Michael D. Slater, Andrew F. Hayes, Leslie B. Snyde 2. Contemporary Approaches to Assessing Mediation in Communication Research

Kristopher J. Preacher, Andrew F. Hayes 3. Studying Change and Intraindividual Variation Kimberly Henry, Michael D. Slater 4. Time Series Analysis Itzhak Yanovitzky, Arthur Vanlear 5. Event History Analysis for Communication Research Leslie B. Snyder, Ann O’Connell 6. Estimating Causal Effects in Observational Studies Itzhak Yanovitsky, Robert Hornik,

Elaine Zanutto 7. Commentary on the Uses and Misuses of Structural Equation Modeling in

Communication Research R. Lance Holbert, Michael T. Stephenson 8. Multilevel Modeling Hee Sun Park, William P. Eveland Jr., Robert Cudeck 9. Communication Network Analysis Thomas W. Valente 10. Scaling and Cluster Analysis David Roskos-Ewoldsen, Beverly Roskos-Ewoldsen 11. Contemporary Approaches to Meta-Analysis in Communication Research Blair T.

Johnson, Lori A. J. Scott-Sheldon, Leslie B. Snyder, Seth M. Noar, Tania B. Huedo-Medina 12. Handling Missing Data in Communication Research Ofer Harel, Rick Zimmerman, Olga

Dekhtyar

Hardcover: $99.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2790-12007, 400 pages

Mixed Methods Research / Research Methods in Business and Marketing / Research Methods in Communication

Page 74: 08_researchmethods

72

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

Discourse StudiesFIVE- VOLUME SETEdited by

Teun A van DijkUniversitat Pompeu Fabra, Spain

Assembled by Teun van Dijk, a leading scholar in discourse studies, the collection covers all the major fi elds of discourse studies, including grammar, stylistics, con-versation analysis, narrative analysis, argumentation, psychology of comprehension, ethnography of speaking, and media. With over 80 articles, it brings together classic texts and work from the top scholars in the fi eld to refl ect all the signifi cant debates in the fi eld.

Contributors Include: C. Antaki, J. B. Bavelas, L. Coates, T. Johnson, A. Bell, N. Besnier, V. Bhatia, D. Biber, E. Finegan, M. Billig, J. Blommaert, S. Blum-Kulka, A. Bolivar, C. R. Caldas-Coulthard, H. Calsamiglia, C. L. Ferrero, D. Cameron, W. Chafe, P. Chilton, A. Cicourel, S. E. Clayman, M. Coulthard, N. Coupland, J. Coupland, P. Drew, A. Duranti, D. Edwards, Trial Dis-course and Judicial Decision-Making S. Ehrlich, S. Ervin-Tripp, N. Fairclough, J. Flowerdew, B. A. Fox, M. Hayashi, R. Jasperson, B. Fraser, T. Givon, / C. Goodwin, A. C. Graesser, M. Singer, T. Trabasso, P. Graham, B.L. Gunnarsson, M. H. Harness Goodwin, J. Heritage, G. Raymond, J. Holmes, K. Hyland, J. Irvine, S. Jager, A. Jaworski et al, G. Jefferson, B. Johnstone, W. Kintsch, C. Kitzinger, H. Kotthoff, G. Kress, Labov, Joshua Waletzky, M. Lazar, P. Linell, M. Bredmar, A. Luke, R. K. S. Macaulay, D. Maingueneau, J. R. Martin, Rojo L. Martin, D. W. Maynard, L. Mondada, D. Mumby, E. Ochs, B. H. Partee, S. Philips, M. Plantin, A. Pomerantz, J. Potter, Quasthoff, E. A. Schegloff, D. Schiffrin, R. Scollon, J. Sherzer, Shi-Xu, J. Swales, H. Najjar, D. Tannen, P Ten Have, J. Thornborrow, S. A. Thompson, E. Couper-Kuhlen, R. Tolmach Lakoff, K. Tracy, J. Naughton, T. A. Van Dijk, F. H. Van Eemeren, P. Houtlosser, T. Van Leeuwen, J. Ver-schueren, M. Wetherell, U. Windisch, R. Wodak

Hardcover: $1,175.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3617-02007, 2128 pages

Fundamentals of Marketing ResearchSIX -VOLUME SETEdited by

Naresh MalhotraGeorgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta

Drawing together seminal and cutting-edge papers on qualitative and quantitative market research, this collection has been compiled by an award-winning scholar in-ternationally hailed as a leading authority on market research.

CONTENTS:Volume 1. Research Design AspectsVolume 2. Scaling Techniques and Questionnaire DesignVolume 3. Sampling PlansVolume 4. Basic Techniques of Data AnalysisVolume 5. Commonly Used Techniques of Data AnalysisVolume 6. Advanced Multivariate Techniques of Data Analysis

Hardcover: $1,250.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2123-72007, 2560 pages

Research Methods in Psychology

Handbook of Research Methods in Abnormal and Clinical PsychologyEdited by

Dean McKayFordham University

This volume presents state-of-the-art summaries of methods related to conducting research in clinical psy-chology. In contrast to existing handbooks on this topic, it

provides readers with a focus on conceptual issues, or a “top-down” approach, that guide their selection of specifi c research designs and associated data analyses.

CONTENTS: Section I: Introduction/Overview 1. General Introductory Dean McKay 2. The Ethics of Informed Consent for Research in Clinical and Abnormal Psychology Celia

Fisher & Adam Fried 3. Internal and External Validity in Clinical Research Steven Taylor & Gordon Asmundson 4. Statistical Conclusion and Construct Validity in Experimental and Quasi-Experimental

Designs Melanie Moretz & Dean McKay

Section II: Foundations of Design and Analysis 5. Experimental Psychopathology Bunmi Olatunji , Matt Feldner, Ellen Leen-Feldner, & John

Forsyth 6. Analog Research Derek R. Hopko & Carl Lejuez 7. Correlation Methods/Regression Models Leona Aiken & Steven West

Section III: Fundamental Issues in Clinical and Abnormal Psychology 8. Diagnosis Elizabeth Nosen & Sheila Woody 9. Behavioral Assessment Stephen Haynes, Catherine Pinson, Dawn Yoshioka, & Karen

Kloezeman 10. Observational Methods Frank Gresham, Clayton R. Cook, S. Dean Crews, & Ramón

Barreras 11. Psychophysiological Research Methods Frank Andrasik 12. Psychological Tests and Measures Thomas Hogan 13. Programmatic Research on Basic Psychopathology Jon Abramowitz & Stephen P.

Whiteside 14. Treatment Deployment Michael A. Southam-Gerow, A. Aukahi Austin, & Alyssa M.

Hershberger

Section IV: Methodological Advances and Data Analysis 15. Meta-Analytic Approaches To Abnormal And Clinical Research Dean McKay 16. Confi rmatory Factor Analysis/Structural Equation Modeling Rick Hoyle 17. Qualitative Data Analysis Larry Davidson 18. Item Response Theory and Rasch Models Joanne Gorin & Susan Embretson 19. Taxometric Methods Anthony Richey & Jill M. Holm-Denoma, Roman Kotov, Norman B.

Schmidt & Thomas Joiner 20. Statistical Equivalence Testing Warren Tryon 21. Assessment and analysis of clinically signifi cant change Paula Truax & Jay Thomas 22. Small samples and N-of-1 designs Mathew Nock, Bethany D. Michel, and Valerie

Photos 23. Treatment integrity and treatment competence Art Nezu & Christine Maguth Nezu

Section V: Topics in Clinical and Abnormal Psychology 24. Methods of Information Processing Research Amy Wenzel 25. Forensic Psychology Barry Rosenfeld & Debbie Green 26. Research with Children & Adolescents Brian Chu 27. Geropsychology Forrest Scogin 28. Cross-Cultural Research in Clinical and Abnormal Psychology Sunita Stewart 29. Multi-Cultural research Fons van de Vijver & Junko Tanaka-Matsumi 30. Health Psychology Kathleen Schiaffi no & Jessica McIlvane 31. Methods and Data Analysis in Behavior Genetics Kerry Jang, Sonia Handa, & Roseann

M. Larstone 32. Therapy outcome Megan E. Spokas, Thomas L. Rodebaugh, & Richard G. Heimberg

Hardcover: $125.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1630-12007, 616 pages

Research Methods in Communication / Research Methods in Psychology

Page 75: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

73P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research in PsychologyEdited by

Wendy Stainton-RogersThe Open University, Milton Keynes, U.K.Carla WilligCity University, U.K.

The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research in Psy-chology provides comprehensive and systematic coverage of the qualitative meth-ods used in psychology — combining ‘how-to-do-it’ summaries with examination of historical and theoretical foundations. Examples from recent research are used to illustrate how each method has been applied, the data analysed and insights gained.

CONTENTS: 1. Ethnography Christine Griffi n & Andrew Bengry-Howell 2. Action Research Carolyn Kagan, Mark Burton & Asiya Siddiquee 3. Conversation Analysis Celia Kitzinger & Sue Wilkinson 4. Discursive Psychology Sally Wiggins & Jonathan Potter 5. Foucauldian Discourse Analysis Michael Arribas-Ayllon & Valerie Walkerdine6. Psychoanalytic Approaches Stephen Frosh & Lisa Saville Young 7. Memory Work Niamh Stephenson & Susan Kippax 8. Narrative Psychology David Hiles & Ivo Cermák 9. Phenomenological Psychology Amedeo Giorgi & Barbro Giorgi 10. Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis Virginia Eatough & Jonathan A. Smith 11. Social Representations Uwe Flick & Juliet Foster 12. Q-Methodology Paul Stenner, Simon Watts & Marcia Worrell 13. Grounded Theory Kathy Charmaz & Karen Henwood 14. Ethics in Qualitative Research Svend Brinkmann & Steinar Kvale 15. Qualitative Methods in Feminist Psychology Mary Gergen 16. Visual Methodologies Paula Reavey & Katherine Johnson 17. Using the Internet Alison Evans, Dick Wiggins & Jonathan Elford 18. Using Computer Packages Christina Silver & Nigel Fielding 19. Mixing Qualitative and Quantitative Methods -Lucy Yardley & Felicity Bishop 20. Social Psychology Steve Brown & Abigail Locke 21. Health Psychology Kerry Chamberlain & Michael Murray 22. Developmental Psychology Erica Burman 23. Clinical Psychology Dave Harper 24. Counselling & Psychotherapy Joseph G. Ponterotto, Geena Kuriakose & Yevgeniya

Granovskaya 25. Educational Psychology Andy Miller, Victorial Hobley, Lisa DeSouza & Tom Billington26. Work and Organizational Psychology Jo Silvester 27. Forensic Psychology Peter Banister 28. Community Psychology Carrie E. Hanlin, Kimberly Bess, Patricia Conway, Scotney D.

Evans, Diana McCown, Isaac Prilleltensky & Douglas D. Perkins 29. Cultural Psychology Leslie Swartz & Poul Rohleder 30. Cognitive Psychology Thomas C. Ormerod & Linden J. Ball 31. Postcolonialism and Psychology Catriona McCloud & Sunil Bhatia 32. Review and Prospect Wendy Stainton Rogers & Carla Willig

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0780-4January 2008, 664 pages

Discourse and PsychologyTHREE-VOLUME SETEdited by

Jonathan PotterLoughborough University, U.K.

Hardcover: $775.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3403-92007, 1400 pages

The SAGE Handbook of Social Science MethodologyEdited by

William OuthwaiteUniversity of Sussex, U.K.Stephen P TurnerUniversity of South Florida

This is a jewel among methods handbooks, bringing to-gether a formidable collection of international contribu-

tors to comment on every aspect of the various central issues, complications, and controversies in the core methodological traditions. It is designed to meet the needs of those disciplinary and nondisciplinary problem-oriented social inquirers for a com-prehensive overview of the methodological literature.

CONTENTS: PART I: OVERVIEWS 1. Introduction William Outhwaite 2. The Social Sciences since World War II Peter Manicas 3. Interdisciplinary Approaches Julie Thompson Klein

PART II: CASES, COMPARISONS AND THEORY 4. Introduction William Outhwaite 5. Ethnography Jon Mitchell 6. Comparative Methods Charles C. Ragin 7. Historicity and Sociohistorical Research John R. Hall 8. Case Study Jennifer Platt

PART III: QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIMENT 9. Introduction Stephen Turner 10. Statistical Models for Causation David Freedman 11. Fighting to Understand the World Causally Leslie Hayduk and Hannah Pazderka-

Robinson 12. Experimental and Quasi-Experimental Designs in Behavioral Research Sandra

Schneider 13. Theory and Experimentation in Social Sciences Murray Webster Jr and Jane Sell 14. The Treatment of Missing Data David Howell 15. Modeling Selection Effects Thad Dunning and David Freedman 16. Methods for Census 2000 and Statistical Adjustments David Freedman and Ken

Wachter17. Quantitative History Margo Anderson

PART IV: RATIONALITY, COMPLEXITY, COLLECTIVITY 18. Introduction William Outhwaite 19. Rational Choice Theory Donald P. Green and Justin Fox 20. Rationality and Rationalist Approaches in the Social Sciences David Henderson

Individual and Collective Agency Thomas Schwinn 21. Simulating Complexity R. Keith Sawyer 22. Evolutionary Approaches in the Social Sciences Maureen O’Malley

PART V: INTERPRETATION, CRITIQUE AND POSTMODERNITY 23. Introduction William Outhwaite 24. Interpretation and Understanding Hans-Herbert Kögler 25. New Controversies in Phenomenology Mark J. Smith and Piya Pangsapa 26. Liberal Humanism and the European Critical Tradition Doug Kellner and Tyson Lewis27. Grounded Theory Adele Clarke 28. Does Postmodernism Make You Mad? Or, Did You Flunk Statistics? Ben Agger

PART VI: DISCOURSE CONSTRUCTION 29. Introduction Stephen Turner 30. Social Construction and Research Methodology Ken Gergen and Mary Gergen 31. Rhetorics of Social Science Ricca Edmondson 32. Discourse Analysis Michael Lynch

PART VII: ENGAGED, ENRAGED 33. Introduction Stephen Turner 34. Evaluation Research Michael Scriven 35. Feminist Methodology Susan Hekman 36. Feminist Methodology and Its Discontents Nancy Naples 37. Community Based Research Michael Root 38. Qualitative Methodology (Including Focus Groups) Norman Denzin and Kathryn E. Ryan39. Making a Mess with Method John Law

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0119-2

Research Methods in Psychology / General Research Methods

Page 76: 08_researchmethods

74

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

CONTENTS

1. The End of the Paradigm Wars? Alan Bryman

2. The History of Social Research Methods Marja Alastalo

3. Judging the Credibility of Quantitative and Qualitative Research Martyn Hammersley

4. Ethnography and Audience Karen Armstrong

5. The Present Challenges of Social Research Pekka Sulkunen

6. Research Ethics in Social Science Celia B. Fisher and Andrea E. Anushko

7. From Realism to Constructivism Ann Nilsen

8. The Core Analytics of Randomized Experiments for Social Research H. S. Bloom

9. Better Quasi-Experimental Practice Thomas D. Cook and Vivian Wong

10. Sample Size Planning with Applications to Multiple Regression Ken Kelly and Scott E. Maxwell

11. Re-Conceptualizing Generalization in Qualitative Research Giampietro Gobo

12. Case Study in Social Research Linda Mabry

13. Longitudinal and Panel Studies Janet Holland, Rachel Thomson and Jane Elliott

14. Comparative and Cross-National Designs David de Vaus

15. Modern Measurement in the Social Sciences Susan S. Embretson and James Bovaird

16. Natural and Contrived Data Susan Speer

17. Self Administered Questionnaires and Standardized Interviews Edith de Leeuw Qualitative Interviewing and Feminist Research Andrea Doucet and Natasha Mautner Biographical

The SAGE Handbook for Social Research Methods is a must for every social-science researcher. It charts the new and evolving terrain of social research methodology, covering qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods in one volume.

The Handbook includes chapters on each phase of the research process: research design, methods of data collection, and the processes of analyzing and interpreting data. As its editors maintain, there is much more to research than learning skills and techniques; methodology involves the fi t between theory, research questions, research design, and analysis. The book also includes several chapters that describe historical and current directions in social research, debating crucial subjects such as qualitative versus quantitative paradigms, how to judge the credibility of types of research, and the increasingly topical issue of research ethics.

The Handbook serves as an invaluable resource for approaching research with an open mind. This volume maps the fi eld of social research methods using an approach that will prove valuable for both students and researchers.

The SAGE Handbook of Social Research MethodsEdited by

Pertti AlasuutariUniversity of Tampere, Finland

Leonard BickmanVanderbilt University, Nashville

Julia BrannenInsitute of Education, University of London

Order Online forFastest Delivery!

Paperback: $130.00ISBN: 978-1-4129-1992-0

March 2008, 648 pages

General Research Methods

Page 77: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

75P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

2007, 640 pages

Encyclopedia of Survey Research MethodsEdited by

Paul J. LavrakasNeilsen Media Research

In conjunction with top survey researchers around the world and with Nielsen Media Research serving as the corporate sponsor, the Encyclopedia of Survey Re-search Methods presents state-of-the-art information

and methodological examples from the fi eld of survey research. Although there are other “how-to” guides and references texts on survey research, none is as compre-hensive as this Encyclopedia, and none presents the material in such a focused and approachable manner. With more than 600 entries, this resource uses a Total Survey Error perspective that considers all aspects of possible survey error from a cost-ben-efi t standpoint. The Encyclopedia of Survey Research Methods is specifi cally written to appeal to beginning, intermediate, and advanced students, practitioners, researchers, consultants, and consumers of survey-based information.

Hardcover: $350.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1808-4December 2008, 1000 pages

RUSA 2004 Outstanding Reference SourceCHOICE 2004 Outstanding Academic Title

The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research MethodsEdited by

Michael Lewis-BeckUniversity of IowaAlan E. BrymanUniversity of Leicester, U.K.

Tim Futing LiaoUniversity of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign,University of Essex, U.K.

This unique multi-volume reference set offers readers an all-encompassing educa-tion in the ways of social science researchers. Written to be accessible to general readers, entries do not require any advanced knowledge or experience to under-stand the purposes and basic principles of any of the methods.

The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods tackles topics not normally viewed as part of social science research methodology, from philosoph-ical issues such as poststructuralism to advanced statistical techniques.

CONTENTS: 1. Reader’s Guide 2. Contributors 3. About the Editors 4. Preface 5. Introduction 6. Entries 7. Volume I: A-F 8. Volume II: G-P 9. Volume III: Q-Z 10. Appendix: Bibliography

Hardcover: $650.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2363-32004, 1528 pages

The Survey KitSECOND EDITIONArlene FinkUniversity of California at Los Angeles

The kit that helped thousands of researchers and stu-dents do better survey research in the 90’s has been completely updated and revised for the issues of the 21st century!

CONTENTS: Volume 1. The Survey Handbook, 2nd. Arlene Fink Volume 2. How to Ask Survey Questions, 2nd. Arlene Fink Volume 3. How to Conduct Self-Administered and Mail Surveys, 2nd. Linda B. Bourque, Eve

P. Fielder Volume 4. How to Conduct Telephone Surveys, 2nd. Linda B. Bourque, Eve P. Fielder Volume 5. How to Conduct In-Person Interviews for Surveys, 2nd. Sabine Mertens Oishi Volume 6. How to Design Survey Studies, 2nd. Arlene Fink Volume 7. How to Sample in Surveys, 2nd. Arlene Fink Volume 8. How to Assess and Interpret Survey Psychometrics, 2nd. Mark S. Litwin Volume 9. How to Manage, Analyze and Interpret Survey Data, 2nd. Arlene Fink Volume 10. How to Report on Surveys, 2nd. Arlene Fink

Kit Print: $156.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-2510-12002, 1434 pages

The SAGE Handbook of Public Opinion ResearchEdited by

Wolfgang DonsbachUniversity of Dresden, Germany

Michael W. TraugottUniversity of Michigan

This major new Handbook is the fi rst to bring together into one volume the whole fi eld of public opinion theory,

research methodology, and the political and social embeddedness of polls in modern societies. It comprehensively maps out the state-of-the-art in contemporary scholar-ship on these topics.

Contributors Include: Vincent Price, Peter Neijens, Thomas E. Patterson, Kurt Lang, Gladys Engel Lang, Ursula Hoffmann-Lange, Bernhard Debatin, Debra Merskin, Jonathan David Tankel, Anthony Oberschall, Murray Goot, Hans L. Zetterberg, Robert Mattes, Penny S. Visser, Allyson Holbrook, Jon A. Krosnick, Roger Tourangeau, Mirta Galešic, William P. Eveland, Car-roll J. Glynn, Patricia Moy, Dietram A. Scheufele, Albert C. Gunther, Richard M. Perloff, Yariv Tsfati, Hans Mathias Kepplinger, Patrick Roessler, Herbert Weisberg, Michael W. Traugott, Jennifer Dykema, Danna Basson, Nora Cate Schaeffer, Paul J. Lavrakas, Don A. Dillman, Nicholas L. Parsons, Vasja Vehovar, Katja Lozar Manfreda, Gašper Koren, Yang-chih Fu, Yun-han Chu, Colm O’Muircheartaigh, Adam J. Berinsky, Thomas Petersen, Jochen Hansen, David L. Morgan, Collin E. Fellows, Winfried Schulz, Kenneth A. Rasinski, Norbert Schwarz, Michael Häder, Thomas Petersen, Michael W. Traugott, Hans L. Zetterberg, Donsbach, Uwe Hartung, Anne Hildreth, David H. Weaver, Tom W. Smith, Wolfgang Jagodzinski, Meinhard Moschner, Frank Brettschneider, Robert M. Eisinger, Michael Kunczik, Eva Johanna Schweitzer, Sibylle Hardmeier, Anne Niedermann, Lutz M. Hagen, Humphrey Taylor, John P. Robinson, Kenneth C. Land, Steven Martin, Ottar Hellevik, Kathllen A. Frankovic, Marta Lagos, and Fred Steeper

Hardcover: $136.50, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1177-1January 2008, 640 pages

General Research Methods

Page 78: 08_researchmethods

76

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

The SAGE Handbook of FieldworkEdited by

Dick HobbsLondon School of EconomicsRichard WrightUniversity of Missouri-St. Louis

The SAGE Handbook of Fieldwork presents the fi rst major overview of this method in all its variety, introduc-

ing the reader to the strengths, weaknesses, and ‘real world’ applications of fi eld-work techniques. Its 22 carefully chosen chapters are each based on a substantive fi eld of empirical enquiry, written by an acknowledged expert in the fi eld.

CONTENTS: PART I: LOCATING FIELDWORK

PART II: SITUATING FIELDWORK

PART III: SITUATING THE RESPONDENTS

PART IV: FIELDWORK AS A REFLEXIVE ENTERPRISE

PART V: THE FIELD OF EMOTION

PART VI: FIELDWORK AND SEXUALITIES

PART VI: EMBODIMENT AND IDENTITY

PART VIII: FIELDWORK IN ORGANIZATIONS

PART IX: FIELDWORK, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

PART X: LOCATING FRESH FIELDS

Hardcover: $130.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-7445-12006, 416 pages

Handbook of Applied Social Research MethodsEdited by

Leonard BickmanVanderbilt University, NashvilleDebra J. RogWestat

The Handbook of Applied Social Research Methods provides a complete resource to guide your decisions for

all your applied research questions. The book’s emphasis is on fi nding the tools that best fi t the research question given the constraints of deadlines, budget, and avail-able staff.

Contributors Include: Leonard Bickman, Debra J. Rog, Leonard Bickman, Debra J. Rog, Terry E. Hedrick, Mark W. Lipsey, Joseph A. Maxwell, Gary T. Henry, Joan E. Sieber, Robert F Boruch, Melvin M. Mark, Charles S. Reichardt, Robert K. Yin, Jack McKillip, Brian T. Yates, Harris M. Cooper, James J. Lindsay, Floyd J. Fowler Jr., Welmoet Bok van Kammen, Magda Stouthamer-Loeber, Thomas W. Mangione, Paul J. Lavrakas, David M. Fetterman, Stewart and Prem N. Shamdasani, and Gary T. Henry

Hardcover: $140.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-0672-81997, 600 pages

Research DesignFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

David de VausLa Trobe University, Australia

This collection brings together key articles and book chapters that provide an over-view of research design for the social sciences, focusing on the purpose, nature, and types of research design - the architecture of research rather than the mechanics of running a research project. Emphasis is put on non-laboratory-based research designs that are typically encountered in the social sciences, those involving people rather than objects. The range of issues covered is impressive: the epististemology of social research design; the complex matters of causation and the logic of design; the importance of units of analsyis; the subjective elements of human behaviour and the role of qualitative and quantitative data.

CONTENTS: PART I: THE NATURE OF RESEARCH DESIGN

PART II: EPISTEMOLOGY AND RESEARCH DESIGN

PART III: TYPES OF RESEARCH DESIGN

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-4487-42006, 1672 pages

Comparative Methods in the Social SciencesFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Alan SicaPennsylvania State University

This four-volume set brings together 77 articles and book chapters from key sources, spanning the history of comparative analysis in the social sciences, from ancient to modern works. The selections cover not only explanations of how to carry out comparative analysis in a reliable and creative way, but also exhaustively explore the fi elds of sociology, political science, anthropology and education.

CONTENTS: VOLUME ONE: FOUNDATIONS AND EARLY EXEMPLARS VOLUME TWO: THE LOGIC OF COMPARATIVE METHODS VOLUME THREE: DATA (SOURCES AND PROBLEMS) AND CONTEMPORARY

EXEMPLARS VOLUME FOUR: QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH: PROBLEMS AND

PROSPECTS

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1144-32006, 1688 pages

General Research Methods

Page 79: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

77P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

Philosophical Foundations of Social Research MethodsFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Malcolm WilliamsPlymouth University, U.K.

The articles making up this timely collection are the best exemplars of key positions in a very wide disciplinary fi eld. The selection is designed to begin each section with an ‘entry level’ article to introduce the reader to the topic area and to ground the approach a research problem. Topics covered include science and art in the history of social research, positivism and antipositivism, language and the linguistic turn, realism and anti-realism, theory and theory choice, logic and models, prediction and laws, interpretation, probability and complexity.

With the study of the philosophical foundations of methods and methodology gain-ing increasing priority in university courses, this will be a valuable resource for aca-demics and researchers across the social sciences.

CONTENTS: Volume One: Social Research as Science or Art Volume Two: Philosophical Issues in Research Strategies Volume Three: Social Reality and the Social Context of Social Research Volume Four: New Strategies in Social Research

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0382-02005, 1664 pages

The Secondary Analysis of Survey DataFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Martin BulmerUniversity of Surrey, U.K.Patrick J SturgisUniversity of Surrey, U.K.Nick AllumUniversity of Surrey, U.K.

This collection brings together the key publications on the secondary analysis of data and embraces many aspects of how to analyze quantitative survey data, whether pri-mary or secondary. As secondary analysis, defi ned as use of data that was collected by individuals other than the investigator, is often a starting point for other social sci-ence research methods, this set will be a critical resource for researchers across the social sciences.

CONTENTS: Volume One: Issues in the Analysis of Survey Data Volume Two: Measurement and Inference Volume Three: Summarizing and Modelling Survey Data Volume Four: Simultaneous Equations, Hierarchical and Longitudinal Models

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0384-4January 2009, 1664 pages

Social Networks AnalysisFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Linton Freeman

Social network analysis is a crucial method in the under-standing of human behavior. It is currently growing at an extremely rapid rate and has become a major focus of teaching and research—not only in social science depart-ments, but in computer science, physics and in business

schools.

This four-volume set is brought together by Linton Freeman, founder and editor for 28 years of the key journal in the fi eld, Social Networks. He has collected the very best published work on social network analysis, covering of over forty years of journals and books. It is a key addition to the SAGE Benchmarks in Social Research Methods series.

CONTENTS: Volume I: Data, Mathematical Models and Graphics Volume II: The Structure of Social Groups Volume III: The Structure of Social Positions Volume IV: Antecedents and Consequences of Network Structure

Hardcover: $1,050.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-3406-02007, 1648 pages

Social Surveys 2FOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

David de VausLa Trobe University, Australia

Surveys are undisputedly a core method of social research. David de Vaus, the

acknowledged expert in the fi eld, has collected a second set of essential readings in the

fi eld. Social Surveys 2 makes available a much more substantial source of information

about survey research and extends the coverage of the fi rst four volumes. It will enable

researchers to make better informed judgements about the use of the survey method and

to implement their survey in the most effective, effi cient and error-free way.

CONTENTS: Volume I: History, Ethics and Criticisms Volume II: Survey Insttuments and Data Sources Volume III: Survey Applications Volume IV: Survey Quality

Hardcover: $1,050.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2368-22007, 1680 pages

General Research Methods

Page 80: 08_researchmethods

78

For FASTEST Delivery and FREE Shipping purchase titles online at www.sagepub.com

Pu

rch

ase

you

r cop

ies

toda

y!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

QuestionnairesFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Martin BulmerUniversity of Surrey, U.K.

Questionnaires are one of the principal research tools for discovering people’s thoughts, experience, attitudes and orientations to future action. Social scientists and researchers have been using questionnaires systematically for about three quarters of a century, since market research, opinion polling and survey research became a feature in both US and UK society in the 1920s and 30s.

This unrivalled collection provides the most complete resource of material about questionnaires.

The fi rst volume provides an introduction to the use of questionnaires. It examines the principles of question construction, considers different types of questionnaire, principles of social measurement and the relationship between expressed attitudes, and actual social behaviour.

The second volume covers the main types of questionnaire and question construc-tion. Included here is material on question order, question wording and response alternatives. The measurement of attitudes is examined.

The third volume focuses on how to handle sensitive questons, problems of validity, the extent to which researchers succeed in measuring what they want to measure, and the relationship between the tools which they use and the underlying theoretical constructs.

The fourth volume, on Surveys in the World, brings together the best material on memory and recall, truth-telling issues and how respondents comprehend basic questions. The advent of the computer programmed questionnaire is examined.

The collection represents a distillation of the world’s best material on questions and questionnaires in social surveys.

CONTENTS: VOLUME I: HISTORY, ETHICS AND CRITICISMS VOLUME II: SURVEY INSTRUMENTS AND DATA SOURCES VOLUME III: SURVEY APPLICATIONS VOLUME IV: SURVEY QUALITY

Hardcover: $1,056.00, ISBN: 978-0-7619-7148-12007, 1532 pages

Case Study ResearchFOUR-VOLUME SETEdited by

Matthew DavidUniversity of Liverpool, U.K.

The fi rst volume covers the early infl uential statements and examples of case study research. The following three volumes explore issues pertaining to the generalizabil-ity of this method, the meaning of ‘case’, the appropriate methods for collecting data and how case study research enables ‘understanding’ and ‘explanation’. Together they form the most comprehensive collection of articles available in this important research method.

CONTENTS: VOLUME ONE

PART I: CLASSIC ARTICLES IN THE FOUNDING OF THE CASE STUDY TRADITION PART II: CASES IN ANTHROPOLOGY AND THE ETHNOGRAPHIC TRADITION PART III: THE SCOPE AND LIMITS OF GENERALIZATION AND CAUSAL EXPLANATION IN CASE STUDY RESEARCH VOLUME TWO

PART IV: CASE STUDIES IN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH PART V: CASE STUDIES IN MEDICINE AND MENTAL HEALTH VOLUME THREE

PART VI: CASE STUDY RESEARCH IN PLANNING AND POLICY STUDIES PART VII: CASE STUDY RESEARCH IN POLITICAL SCIENCE VOLUME FOUR

PART VIII: CASE STUDY RESEARCH IN BUSINESS, WORK AND ORGANIZATIONAL STUDIES PART IX: BIOGRAPHY, LIFE HISTORY AND CASE STUDY METHOD PART X: RE-EVALUATIONS OF THE CASE STUDY METHOD

Hardcover: $975.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-0383-72005, 1664 pages

Study Aids and Student Resources

Studying and Learning at UniversityVital Skills for Success in Your DegreeAlan PritchardUniversity of Warwick, U.K.

Studying and Learning at University provides a con-cise and accessible introduction to the essential study skills for fi rst-time undergraduates. Alan Pritchard fo-cuses on the skills that every student will need to master

to achieve succeess in their academic career.

CONTENTS: 1. How We Learn 2. Reading for Academic Purposes 3. Note-taking and Recording for Learning 4. Finding the Information that you Need 5. Computers and the Internet as a Source of Quality Information 6. Preparing for Assessment and the process of writing7. Giving Presentations

Paperback: $22.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2963-9Hardcover: $99.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-2962-2April 2008, 144 pages

PROFESSIONAL/REFERENCE TITLESTexts denoted with this symbol are unfortunately not available on a complimentary or 60-day exam basis for adoption consideration.Purchase these titles online at www.sagepub.com.

General Research Methods / Study Aids and Student Resources

Page 81: 08_researchmethods

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

79P

urc

ha

se

your copies today!R

efe

ren

ce

Bo

ok

s

The International Student’s Survival GuideHow to get the most from studying at a U.K. UniversityGareth DaveyUniversity of Chester, U.K.

The International Student’s Survival Guide is a comprehensive guide to study-ing and living in the UK. It will be will be invaluable in helping international students prepare for the inevitable differences in culture, customs and academic life, helping to ensure they get the most out of their time studying in the UK.

All the information needed to make a suitable choice about where to study, and how to settle into your new surroundings are covered. Throughout the guide there are checklists and self-evaluation forms to assess skills gained and to keep on top of what needs to be done. A glossary and contact directory is also included to enable the reader to fully understand the topics covered, and fi nd out more where neces-sary.

This guide will be a useful resource for both students taking undergraduate or post-graduate courses in any subject.

CONTENTS: 1. Choosing and applying for your course 2. Leaving home and arriving in the U.K. 3. English language requirements 4. Living costs and tuition fees 5. Daily life and culture in U.K. 6. Health, welfare, and safety 7. Academic culture in the U.K. 8. Teaching and assessment methods 9. Study skills you need for academic success 10. Life after graduation 11. Glossary 12. Directory

Paperback: $39.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4602-5Hardcover: $99.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4601-8May 2008, 168 pages

The Stress-Free Guide to Studying at UniversityGordon Rugg and Sue GerrardKeele University, U.K.

Susie HooperFreelance Consultant

The book is structured around the main stressors that are likely to be encountered as a student, such as the initial adjustment to University life, fi nancial diffi culties and the pressure of examination. Throughout, the emphasis is on achieving well-being, by minimising the disruption caused by stress and learning from diffi cult experiences. This guide will be a great help to any student troubled by the pressures of University. The highly practical stragtegies provided here will help to ensure that the reader gets the most from their time as a student, without the interference of unnecessary stress.

Paperback: $24.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4493-9Hardcover: $70.00, ISBN: 978-1-4129-4492-2June 2008, 152 pages

Measuring Attitudes Cross-NationallyLessons from the European Social Survey

Edited by

Roger JowellCity UniversityCaroline RobertsCity UniversityRory FitzgeraldCity UniversityGillian EvaCity University

This volume is the fi rst to be written by members of the international academic team involved in the groundbreaking European Social Survey (ESS) which has been de-signed to chart and explain the interaction between Europe’s changing institutions and the attitudes, beliefs and behavior patterns of its diverse populations.

CONTENTS: 1. A Measurement Model for Comparative Surveys Roger Jowell and Max Kaase2. From Design to Implementation Rory Fitzgerald, Gillian Eva, Caroline Bryson and Ruth

O’Shea3. How Representative can a Multi-Nation Survey Be? Sabine Häder and Peter Lynn 4. Can Questions Travel Successfully? Willem E. Saris and Irmtraud Gallhofer5. Improving Equivalence in Translations Janet A. Harkness 6. The Impact of External Events Ineke A. L. Stoop7. Understanding and Improving Response Rates Jaak Billiet, Achim Koch and Michel

Philippens8. Free and Immediate Access to Data Kirstine Kolsrud, Knut Kalgraff Skjåk and Bjørn

Henrichsen9. Measuring Changing Value Orientations Across Nations Shalom H. Schwartz10. Understanding Attitudes to Immigration and National Exclusiveness David Card,

Christian Dustmann and Ian Preston 11. Political and Social Participation in Europe Kenneth Newton and José Ramón Montero12. A Continental Divide? Social Capital in the US and Europe Pippa Norris and James

Davis13. What is Being Learned From the ESS? Peter Mohler

Hardcover: $99.95, ISBN: 978-1-4129-1981-42007, 288 pages

Study Aids and Student Resources

Page 82: 08_researchmethods

Author Index80

Order Online for FREE Shipping & Fastest Delivery! www.sagepub.com

Ind

ex

Aiken ...........................................................................9

Alasuutari ................................................................74

Albrecht ...................................................................10

Allison .........................................................................8

Andersen .................................................................11

Andrews ...................................................................27

Anfara .......................................................................18

Arbnor ...................................................................... 39

Atkinson ...........................................................28, 67

Babbie ...................................................................... 44

Bachman .........................................................36, 37

Bailey .........................................................................42

Bailey .........................................................................45

Bamberger ..............................................................32

Barbour ....................................................................23

Bartholomew ........................................................ 62

Baumfi eld ................................................................26

Bazeley .....................................................................24

Berger ...................................................................... 36

Bergman ................................................................. 30

Bernard ....................................................................53

Bickman ...................................................................76

Bloomberg ............................................................. 54

Bloor ..........................................................................18

Blunch .......................................................................10

Brophy ..................................................................... 41

Brown ........................................................................11

Bryant ........................................................................65

Bryman ..............................................................67, 68

Bulmer ...............................................................77, 78

Chambliss .............................................................. 46

Charmaz ...................................................................19

Chen ......................................................................... 34

Cizek ..........................................................................43

Clandinin ................................................................ 66

Clarke ........................................................................20

Clough ..................................................................... 49

Coffey ........................................................................22

Coghlan ....................................................................26

Coolidge .....................................................................6

Corbin .......................................................................12

Crang .........................................................................28

Creswell ................................................... 15, 30, 48

Crotty ........................................................................ 54

Czaja ..........................................................................52

Daly ........................................................................... 38

Davey ........................................................................79

David .........................................................................78

Davidson ..................................................................33

de Vaus ............................................................. 76, 77

Denzin ....................................................... 13, 63, 66

DeVellis .....................................................................53

Donsbach ................................................................75

Dowdall ....................................................................37

Drew ..................................................................40, 67

Elliott ............................................................................5

Engel ......................................................................... 39

Evans .........................................................................42

Fassett .......................................................................35

Fetterman ................................................................28

Field ..............................................................................7

Fink .......................................................41, 51, 57, 75

Flick ....................................................................19, 62

Fotheringham ....................................................... 60

Fowler ................................................................53, 54

Fox .................................................................... 4, 7, 50

Frankfort-Nachmias ...................................44, 45

Freeman ...................................................................77

Furr .............................................................................42

Gaur .............................................................................5

Gavin .........................................................................42

Gilbert ...............................................................11, 45

Gobo ..........................................................................28

Golden-Biddle .......................................................17

Grbich .......................................................................24

Greenstein ............................................................. 38

Greenwood .............................................................25

Greig ......................................................................... 50

Grembowski .......................................................... 41

Gubrium .................................................................. 66

Hahn ..........................................................................23

Hamilton ................................................................. 68

Hao .............................................................................11

Hardy ........................................................................ 61

Hayes ....................................................................... 71

Hektner .................................................................... 50

Herr ............................................................................26

Hesse-Biber ....................................18, 19, 51, 66

Hobbs ........................................................................76

Holliday .....................................................................15

Houser ..................................................................... 38

Huizingh .....................................................................4

Hunter .........................................................................7

Iacobucci .................................................................11

Israel ......................................................................... 56

Jaeger .........................................................................9

James ........................................................................26

Janesick ...................................................................21

Johnson ................................................................... 40

Jowell ........................................................................79

Julnes ........................................................................70

Kahane .......................................................................4

Kane ...........................................................................32

Kanji .............................................................................5

Kaplan ...................................................................... 61

Keller ............................................................................6

Kettner ......................................................................37

Kleinman .................................................................15

Knoke ........................................................................11

Knowles .................................................................. 64

Krippendorff .........................................................35

Krueger .....................................................................29

Kumar ...................................................................... 51

Kvale ..........................................................................22

Lavrakas ...................................................................75

Leong ........................................................................42

Lewins .......................................................................24

Lewis-Beck .............................................................75

Liamputtong ...........................................................16

Lichtman ................................................................. 39

Lincoln ......................................................................23

Lindlof .......................................................................35

Lipsey ........................................................................53

Locke ........................................................................ 54

Long .............................................................................9

Madison ...................................................................35

Malhotra ..................................................................72

Marshall ...................................................................19

Mason .......................................................................21

Mathison ................................................................ 71

Maxwell ....................................................................20

McDavid ..................................................................33

McIntire ....................................................................43

McIntyre ...................................................................26

McKay .......................................................................72

McNiff .......................................................................25

Mertens ................................................................... 40

Mertler ..............................................................24, 39

Meyers ........................................................................6

Miles ..........................................................................23

Miller .................................................................43, 57

Morgan .............................................................29, 67

Moustakas ..............................................................22

Neuendorf .............................................................. 36

Newton .......................................................................8

Neyland ................................................................... 34

Northouse .............................................................. 34

O Dochartaigh ..................................................... 56

O’Leary ..................................................................... 49

Osborne .................................................................. 60

Outhwaite ................................................................73

Padgett .....................................................................37

Patton ................................................................31, 32

Phelps ...................................................................... 56

Pink ............................................................................17

Plano Clark ............................................................ 30

Pole............................................................................ 68

Potter .........................................................................73

Preskill ......................................................................32

Pritchard ..................................................................78

Punch ................................................................52, 57

QASS Kit ................................................................11

Raudenbush ............................................................8

Reason ..............................................................25, 65

Reed ...........................................................................16

Richards ...........................................................16, 20

Ridley .........................................................................55

Riessman .................................................................27

Roberts .................................................................... 49

Rogerson .................................................................10

Rose ...........................................................................17

Rossi ..........................................................................33

Rossman ..................................................................21

Rubin .........................................................................21

Rudas ....................................................................... 59

Rudestam ................................................................55

Rugg ..........................................................................79

Saks .......................................................................... 41

Salkind ............................................................3, 5, 60

Sanders ................................................................... 34

Sapsford .................................................................. 50

Sarantakos ............................................................. 62

Schutt .........................................................45, 46, 47

Schwandt ................................................................15

Scott ...................................................................52, 68

Seale ..........................................................................52

Shani ......................................................................... 71

Shaw ......................................................................... 69

Sica .............................................................................76

Silverman .........................................................14, 18

Singh ...........................................................................9

Sirkin ............................................................................6

Smith .........................................................................43

Snijders .......................................................................8

Stake ..........................................................................27

Stainton-Rogers ...................................................73

Stanczak ..................................................................17

Steinberg ............................................................2, 51

Stern ......................................................................... 71

Stewart .....................................................................29

Stoecker .................................................................. 38

Stringer .....................................................................25

Sue .............................................................................55

Suter ......................................................................... 40

Tashakkori .......................................................30, 69

Ten Have ..................................................................14

Thody .........................................................................57

Thomas .................................................................... 49

van Dijk ....................................................................72

Vogt ..............................................................................7

Wagner .....................................................................45

Ward ..........................................................................11

Warner ........................................................................3

Williams ....................................................................77

Willis ...........................................................................16

Witkin ........................................................................33

Wolcott ......................................................................22

Yin ...............................................................................27

Page 83: 08_researchmethods

Title Index 81

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

“Stretching” Exercises for Qualitative Researchers 2e ..........................................................................21

100 Statistical Tests 3e ............................................................................................................................................ 5

A Guide to Qualitative Field Research 2e ....................................................................................................45

A Student’s Guide to Methodology 2e ..........................................................................................................49

A Very Short Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book about Qualitative Research .....................................................................................................14

Action Research 3e ................................................................................................................................................25

The Action Research Dissertation: A Guide for Students and Faculty ..........................................26

Action Research in the Classroom .................................................................................................................26

Action Research: Teachers as Researchers in the Classroom ..........................................................24

Advances in Mixed Methods Research: Theories and Applications .............................................30

Adventures in Criminal Justice Research: Data Analysis for Windows® Using SPSS™ Versions 11.0 11.5 or Higher3e ...........................................................37

Adventures in Social Research with SPSS Student Version: Data Analysis Using SPSS 14.0 and 15.0 for Windows 6e ..................................................................44

Adventures in Social Research: Data Analysis Using SPSS 14.0 and 15.0 for Windows 6e ..............................................................................................................44

Agent-Based Models ............................................................................................................................................11

All You Need To Know About Action Research ........................................................................................25

An Introduction to Qualitative Research 3e ...............................................................................................19

An R and S-Plus Companion to Applied Regression .............................................................................. 7

Applications of Case Study Research 2e .....................................................................................................27

Applied Multivariate Research: Design and Interpretation .................................................................. 6

Applied Regression Analysis and Generalized Linear Models 2e ..................................................... 4

Applied Statistics with SPSS ............................................................................................................................... 4

Applied Statistics: From Bivariate Through Multivariate Techniques ............................................... 3

Appreciative Inquiry: Research for Change ................................................................................................16

The Art of Case Study Research ......................................................................................................................27

Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory 3e ....................................................................................12

Best Practices in Quantitative Methods .......................................................................................................60

Case Study Research ............................................................................................................................................78

Case Study Research: Design and Methods 3e .......................................................................................27

Collecting and Interpreting Qualitative Materials 3e .............................................................................13

Comparative Methods in the Social Sciences ...........................................................................................76

Completing Your Qualitative Dissertation: A Roadmap From Beginning to End .....................54

Composing Qualitative Research: Crafting Theoretical Points from Qualitative Data 2e ...............................................................................................17

Concept Mapping for Planning and Evaluation .......................................................................................32

Conducting Online Surveys ................................................................................................................................55

Conducting Research Literature Reviews: From the Internet to Paper 2e...................................56

Constructing Grounded Theory: A Practical Guide through Qualitative Analysis ................................................................................................................19

Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology 2e ..................................................................35

Conversation Analysis ...........................................................................................................................................67

The Content Analysis Guidebook ....................................................................................................................36

Counseling and Educational Research: Evaluation and Application .............................................38

Critical Communication Pedagogy .................................................................................................................35

Critical Ethnography: Method Ethics and Performance .......................................................................35

Data Analysis ............................................................................................................................................................62

Designing & Conducting Mixed Methods Research + The Mixed Methods Reader (bundle) ...........................................................................................................30

Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research ........................................................................30

Designing and Conducting Research in Education ...............................................................................40

Designing and Managing Programs: An Effectiveness-Based Approach 3e ............................37

Designing Qualitative Research 4e ................................................................................................................19

Designing Surveys: A Guide to Decisions and Procedures 2e..........................................................52

Developing Effective Research Proposals 2e.............................................................................................57

Developmental Research Methods 3e .........................................................................................................43

Dictionary of Statistics & Methodology: A Nontechnical Guide for the Social Sciences 3e..................................................................................... 7

Differential Equations: A Modeling Approach ..........................................................................................11

Discourse and Psychology ..................................................................................................................................73

Discourse Studies ...................................................................................................................................................72

Discovering Statistics Using SPSS 2e ............................................................................................................. 7

Documentary Research .......................................................................................................................................68

Doing & Writing Qualitative Research 2e ....................................................................................................15

Doing Action Research in Your Own Organization 2e ..........................................................................26

Doing Conversation Analysis 2e ......................................................................................................................14

Doing Ethnographies ............................................................................................................................................28

Doing Ethnography ...............................................................................................................................................28

Doing Narrative Research ...................................................................................................................................27

Doing Practitioner Research ..............................................................................................................................50

Doing Qualitative Research 2e .........................................................................................................................14

Doing Qualitative Research Using Your Computer: A Practical Guide .........................................23

Doing Research with Children 2e ...................................................................................................................50

Doing Visual Ethnography 2e ............................................................................................................................17

Educational Research: Quantitative Qualitative and Mixed Approaches 3e ..............................40

Emergent Methods in Social Research ........................................................................................................51

Encyclopedia of Evaluation .................................................................................................................................71

Encyclopedia of Measurement and Statistics ...........................................................................................60

Encyclopedia of Survey Research Methods ...............................................................................................75

Ethnography: Step-by-Step ................................................................................................................................28

Evaluation Fundamentals: Insights into the Outcomes Effectiveness and Quality of Health Programs 2e....................................................................................41

Evaluation Methodology Basics: The Nuts and Bolts of Sound Evaluation ................................33

Evaluation Research Methods ..........................................................................................................................71

Evaluation: A Systematic Approach 7e .........................................................................................................33

Experience Sampling Method: Measuring the Quality of Everyday Life .......................................51

Feminist Fieldwork Analysis ..............................................................................................................................15

Feminist Research Practice: A Primer ...........................................................................................................18

Fieldwork .....................................................................................................................................................................68

The Focus Group Kit: Volumes 1-6 .................................................................................................................67

Focus Groups as Qualitative Research .........................................................................................................29

Focus Groups: A Practical Guide for Applied Research 3e ................................................................29

Focus Groups: Theory and Practice 2e .........................................................................................................29

Foundations of Psychological Testing: A Practical Approach 2e......................................................43

Foundations of Qualitative Research: Interpretive and Critical Approaches ..............................16

The Foundations of Social Research: Meaning and Perspective in the Research Process ...............................................................................54

Frankfort-Nachmias: Social Statistics for a Diverse Society 4th Edition and Wagner: Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods Bundle ...................................................44

Ind

ex

Page 84: 08_researchmethods

Title Index82

Order Online for FREE Shipping & Fastest Delivery! www.sagepub.com

Ind

ex

Frankfort-Nachmias: Social Statistics for a Diverse Society 4th Edition with SPSS Student Version and Wagner: UsingSPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods Bundle .................................................................44

Fundamentals of Marketing Research .........................................................................................................72

Fundamentals of Research in Criminology and Criminal Justice ....................................................37

Geographic Information Systems for the Social Sciences: Investigating Space and Place ......................................................................................51

Getting the Most Out of the Research Experience: What Every Researcher Needs to Know .............................................................................49

Graph Algebra: Mathematical Modeling With a Systems Approach .............................................11

Handbook of Action Research: Concise Paperback Edition ..............................................................25

Handbook of Applied Social Research Methods.....................................................................................76

Handbook of Collaborative Management Research ..............................................................................71

Handbook of Critical and Indigenous Methodologies ..........................................................................63

Handbook of Data Analysis ...............................................................................................................................61

Handbook of Ethnography .................................................................................................................................28

Handbook of Feminist Research: Theory and Praxis ..............................................................................66

Handbook of Interview Research: Context and Method ......................................................................66

Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioral Research ......................................................69

Handbook of Narrative Inquiry: Mapping a Methodology ..................................................................66

Handbook of Probability: Theory and Applications ................................................................................59

Handbook of Research Design and Social Measurement, 6e ..........................................................57

Handbook of Research Methods in Abnormal and Clinical Psychology .....................................72

Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative Research: Perspectives Methodologies Examples and Issues ................................................................................64

Handling Qualitative Data: A Practical Guide ............................................................................................20

Hierarchical Linear Models: Applications and Data Analysis Methods 2e ................................... 8

How to Conduct Surveys: A Step-by-Step Guide 3e..............................................................................51

Improving Survey Questions: Design and Evaluation ............................................................................54

International Handbook of Practice-Based Performance Management ......................................70

The International Student’s Survival Guide ................................................................................................79

Internet Research Skills: How To Do Your Literature Search and Find Research Information Online 2e ..................................................................................56

Interpreting Qualitative Data: Methods for Analyzing Talk Text and Interaction 3e ................18

Interpreting Standardized Test Scores: Strategies for Data-Driven Instructional Decision Making...............................................................................................39

InterViews: An Introduction to Qualitative Research Interviewing ..................................................22

Introducing Qualitative Research: A Student’s Guide to the Craft of Doing Qualitative Research ...................................................................................23

Introduction to Action Research: Social Research for Social Change 2e ....................................25

Introduction to Educational Research: A Critical Thinking Approach ...........................................40

Introduction to Social Research: Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches 2e ........................52

Introduction to Structural Equation Modelling .........................................................................................10

Investigating the Social World with SPSS Student Version 14.0: The Process and Practice of Research 5e .......................................................................46

Investigating the Social World: The Process and Practice of Research 5e ..................................46

Key Concepts and Techniques in GIS ...........................................................................................................10

Keywords in Qualitative Methods: A Vocabulary of Research Concepts ....................................18

The Landscape of Qualitative Research 3e ................................................................................................13

Leadership 4e ............................................................................................................................................................34

Learning in the Field: An Introduction to Qualitative Research 2e ................................................21

The Literature Review ............................................................................................................................................55

Making Sense of Qualitative Data: Complementary Research Strategies ..................................22

Making Sense of the Social World: Methods of Investigation 2e ....................................................46

Measurement ............................................................................................................................................................62

Measuring Attitudes Cross-Nationally: Lessons from the European Social Survey ...............79

Media and Communication Research: An Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches ...........................................................36

Mediation Analysis .................................................................................................................................................11

Methodology for Creating Business Knowledge .....................................................................................39

Methods in Psychological Research ..............................................................................................................42

Methods of Family Research 2e .......................................................................................................................38

Methods of Meta-Analysis: Correcting Error and Bias in Research Findings 2e....................... 7

Mixed Methodology: Combining Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches..............................30

Mixed Methods ........................................................................................................................................................68

The Mixed Methods Reader ..............................................................................................................................30

Modern Methods for Robust Regression ....................................................................................................11

Multilevel Analysis: An Introduction to Basic and Advanced Multilevel Modeling................... 8

Multiple Regression: A Primer ............................................................................................................................ 8

Multiple Regression: Testing and Interpreting Interactions .................................................................. 9

Narrative Methods ..................................................................................................................................................67

Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences .............................................................................................27

Naturalistic Inquiry ..................................................................................................................................................23

Organizational Ethnography ..............................................................................................................................34

Organizing and Managing Your Research: A Practical Guide for Postgraduates ...................56

Participatory Action Research ...........................................................................................................................26

Participatory Action Research for Educational Leadership ...............................................................26

Phenomenological Research Methods ........................................................................................................22

Philosophical Foundations of Social Research Methods .....................................................................77

Planning and Conducting Needs Assessments: A Practical Guide ................................................33

Practical Meta-Analysis .......................................................................................................................................53

Practical Program Evaluation: Assessing and Improving Planning Implementation and Effectiveness .......................................................................34

The Practice of Health Program Evaluation ................................................................................................41

The Practice of Qualitative Research .............................................................................................................19

The Practice of Research in Criminology and Criminal Justice by Bachman and The Concise Dictionary of Crime and Justice by Davis Bundle .........................36

The Practice of Research in Criminology and Criminal Justice with SPSS Student Version 15.0 3e .............................................................................36

The Practice of Research in Criminology and Criminal Justice 3e ..................................................36

The Practice of Research in Social Work .....................................................................................................39

Practicing Research: Discovering Evidence That Matters ...................................................................57

Program Evaluation and Performance Measurement: An Introduction to Practice ................33

The Program Evaluation Standards: How to Assess Evaluations of Educational Programs ............................................................................................34

Proposals That Work: A Guide for Planning Dissertations and Grant Proposals 5e ...............54

The Psychology Research Handbook: A Guide for Graduate Students and Research Assistants 2e ..............................................................................42

Psychometrics: An Introduction .......................................................................................................................42

Qualitative Communication Research Methods 2e ................................................................................35

Qualitative Data Analysis with Nvivo 2e .......................................................................................................24

Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Sourcebook 2e ....................................................................23

Qualitative Data Analysis: An Introduction .................................................................................................24

Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design: Choosing Among Five Approaches 2e .................15

Qualitative Interviewing: The Art of Hearing Data 2e ............................................................................21

Page 85: 08_researchmethods

Title Index 83

Phone: (800) 818.7243 or (805) 499.9774 6 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT Fax: (800) 583.2665 or (805) 499.0871 e-mail: [email protected]

Ind

ex

Qualitative Methods for Family Studies and Human Development ................................................38

Qualitative Methods in Social Work Research: Challenges and Rewards ..................................37

Qualitative Psychology: A Practical Guide to Research Methods 2e .............................................43

Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods 3e .......................................................................................32

Qualitative Research 2 ..........................................................................................................................................67

Qualitative Research Design: An Interactive Approach 2e .................................................................20

Qualitative Research in Education: A User’s Guide ................................................................................39

Qualitative Researching 2e .................................................................................................................................21

Quantile Regression ...............................................................................................................................................11

Quantitative Social Research Methods .......................................................................................................... 9

Questionnaires .........................................................................................................................................................78

Reading and Understanding Research 2e ..................................................................................................54

README FIRST for a User’s Guide to Qualitative Methods 2e .......................................................16

RealWorld Evaluation: Working Under Budget Time Data and Political Constraints ............32

Reframing Evaluation Through Appreciative Inquiry .............................................................................32

Regression Basics 2e .............................................................................................................................................. 4

Regression Models for Categorical and Limited Dependent Variables .......................................... 9

Research and Evaluation in Education and Psychology: Integrating Diversity with Quantitative Qualitative and Mixed Methods 2e ...............................40

Research Design, Four Volume Set ................................................................................................................76

Research Design 3e ...............................................................................................................................................48

Research Ethics for Social Scientists .............................................................................................................56

Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step Guide for Beginners 2e ..................................................51

Research Methods for Community Change: A Project-Based Approach ...................................38

Research Methods in Applied Behavior Analysis ...................................................................................42

Researching Health: Qualitative Quantitative and Mixed Methods ...............................................41

Researching Social Life 3e .................................................................................................................................45

Researching Society and Culture 2e ..............................................................................................................52

Researching the Vulnerable: A Guide to Sensitive Research Methods ........................................16

The SAGE Dictionary of Qualitative Inquiry 3e .........................................................................................15

The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods ......................................................75

The SAGE Handbook of Action Research: Participative Inquiry and Practice 2e ....................65

The SAGE Handbook of Evaluation ................................................................................................................69

The SAGE Handbook of Fieldwork .................................................................................................................76

The Sage Handbook of Grounded Theory ..................................................................................................65

The SAGE Handbook of Public Opinion Research .................................................................................75

The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research 3e ...................................................................................66

The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research in Psychology .............................................................73

The SAGE Handbook of Quantitative Methodology for the Social Sciences .............................61

The SAGE Handbook of Social Research Methods ...............................................................................74

The SAGE Handbook of Social Science Methodology..........................................................................73

The SAGE Handbook of Spatial Analysis ....................................................................................................60

The SAGE Qualitative Research Kit ................................................................................................................62

The SAGE Sourcebook of Advanced Data Analysis Methods for Communication Research ....................................................................................71

Scale Development: Theory and Applications 2e ....................................................................................53

Schutt: Investigating the Social World 5th edition and Wagner: Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods Bundle ...................................................47

Schutt: Investigating the Social World 5th edition with SPSS Student Version and Wagner: Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods Bundle ..............................................................................46

The Secondary Analysis of Survey Data .......................................................................................................77

Situational Analysis: Grounded Theory After the Postmodern Turn................................................20

Small-Scale Evaluation in Health ...................................................................................................................41

Social Network Analysis 2e ................................................................................................................................11

Social Network Analysis: A Handbook 2e ...................................................................................................52

Social Networks Analysis ....................................................................................................................................77

Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches ...........................................53

The Social Science Jargon Buster: The Key Terms You Need to Know.........................................49

Social Statistics for a Diverse Society 4e .....................................................................................................44

Social Statistics for a Diverse Society With SPSS Student Version 4e...........................................45

Social Surveys 2 .......................................................................................................................................................77

Spatial Regression Models .................................................................................................................................11

Standard Setting: A Guide to Establishing and Evaluating Performance Standards on Tests .............................................................................................43

Statistical Analysis Quick Reference Guidebook: With SPSS Examples ........................................ 5

Statistical Methods for Geography: A Student’s Guide 2e ..................................................................10

Statistical Methods for Practice and Research:A Guide to Data Analysis Using SPSS .......... 5

Statistics Alive! ............................................................................................................................................................ 2

Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics 3e ..................................................................... 3

Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics: The Excel Edition ..................................... 3

Statistics for the Social Sciences 3e ................................................................................................................. 6

Statistics: A Gentle Introduction 2e .................................................................................................................. 6

Statistics: A Spectator Sport 2e .......................................................................................................................... 9

Strategies of Qualitative Inquiry 3e .................................................................................................................13

The Stress-Free Guide to Studying at University .....................................................................................79

Student Study Guide to Accompany Statistics Alive! by Wendy J. Steinberg .............................. 2

Studying and Learning at University .............................................................................................................78

The Survey Kit 2e .....................................................................................................................................................75

Survey Research 2e ................................................................................................................................................50

Survey Research in Practice ...............................................................................................................................49

Survey Research Methods 3e ...........................................................................................................................53

Surviving Your Dissertation: A Comprehensive Guide to Content and Process 3e.................55

The Tao of Statistics: A Path to Understanding (With No Math) ........................................................ 6

Tests & Measurement for People Who (Think They) Hate Tests & Measurement..................... 5

Theoretical Frameworks in Qualitative Research ....................................................................................18

Understanding Research Methods and Statistics in Psychology ....................................................42

Using Software in Qualitative Research: A Step-by-Step Guide......................................................24

Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods ....................................................................45

Utilization-Focused Evaluation, 4e ..................................................................................................................31

Visual Methodologies ............................................................................................................................................17

Visual Research Methods ...................................................................................................................................68

Visual Research Methods: Image Society and Representation ........................................................17

Writing and Presenting Research ....................................................................................................................57

Writing Up Qualitative Research 2e ...............................................................................................................22

Your Statistical Consultant: Answers to Your Data Analysis Questions ......................................... 8

Page 86: 08_researchmethods

SAGE Reseller InformationCustomer Care Contact InformationFor questions pertaining to title availability, pricing, ordering, account information, and shipping, please contact SAGE Customer Care. We gladly accept orders and inquiries via phone, fax, e-mail and regular mail.

Phone: 1-800-818-7243, Press ‘1’ then ‘1’ again for Books Customer CareFax: 1-800-583-2665E-mail: [email protected] address: SAGE Publications Customer Care 2455 Teller Road Thousand Oaks, CA 91320

SAGE is a trading partner with Pubnet®. Please contact our electronic data interchange department at [email protected] for further information. Pubnet orders

may be processed once SAN (standard address numbers) are in place for new or existing customers. New customer records will receive expedited attention. Please note the SAN for SAGE is 204-7217.

SAGE Returns PolicyNo prior authorization is required.

All returns must be in their original and/or unopened sealed condition and damage free.

Returns will be accepted for the life of the edition (LOE) and up to 180 days after declared out of print.

The invoice number from the original purchase and the reason for the return must accompany all returns.

Video and audio products, DVDs and CD-ROMs, as well as purchases made on a non returnable basis, are ineligible for return.

For returns received by SAGE as damaged, customers will be notifi ed of the damage and will have the option of accepting back the return at their expense. (Return freight charges are the responsibility of the customer).

Freight collect shipments will not be accepted. For your protection, SAGE recommends using a traceable shipping method or insured Parcel Post.

Returns address: SAGE Publications Returns Department 2455 Teller Road Thousand Oaks, CA 91320

ClaimsPurchases that are received damaged must be reported to SAGE within 30 days of delivery.

Phone: 1-800-818-7243, extension 7278Fax: 1-805-498-9456E-mail: [email protected]

ww

w.sagepub.comFor additional information including

current Price Lists and information

on Out of Print editions, please visit

www.sagepub.com and navigate

to ‘Resources For... Booksellers’

along the top right of the page.

Page 87: 08_researchmethods

Order Your Copies Today! Call 1.800.818.7243 or visit www.sagepub.com.

Missing These Classic Research Methods Titles

on Your Bookshelf?

Page 88: 08_researchmethods

ww

w.sa

gepu

b.co

m

IS

BN: 9

78-1

-412

9-37

70-2

IS

BN: 9

78-1

-412

9-56

51-2

IS

BN: 9

78-1

-412

9-21

77-0

ESSE

NTI

AL R

ESO

URCE

S FR

OM

SAG

E

Phon

e: 8

00-8

18-7

243

or 8

05-4

99-9

774

(6 a

m-5

pm

, Mon

-Fri,

PT

)

Sprin

g 20

08Bo

oks

from

SAG

E

PRS

RT

STD

U.S

. PO

STA

GE

PAID

OX

NA

RD

, CA

.PE

RM

IT N

O. 2

020

2455

Telle

r R

oad

Thou

sand

Oak

s, C

alifo

rnia

9132

0-22

18 U

SA

Peel

off

mai

ling

labe

l bel

ow a

nd a

ffi x

to d

esig

nate

d bo

x on

ord

er fo

rm.

Visi

t us

onlin

e at

w

ww

.sag

epub

.com

Si

Rese

arch

Met

hods

Prio

rity

Cod

e: A

0801

20 •

For

inte

rnal

use

onl

y: 1

0026

Pa

ge 5

7 Pa

ge 5

4 Pa

ge 4

9